TW201143183A - Photoelectric conversion device and imaging device - Google Patents

Photoelectric conversion device and imaging device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201143183A
TW201143183A TW100107351A TW100107351A TW201143183A TW 201143183 A TW201143183 A TW 201143183A TW 100107351 A TW100107351 A TW 100107351A TW 100107351 A TW100107351 A TW 100107351A TW 201143183 A TW201143183 A TW 201143183A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
photoelectric conversion
layer
region
film
electrode
Prior art date
Application number
TW100107351A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Kimiatsu Nomura
Tetsuro Mitsui
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201143183A publication Critical patent/TW201143183A/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K71/00Manufacture or treatment specially adapted for the organic devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K71/311Purifying organic semiconductor materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L31/00Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L31/08Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof in which radiation controls flow of current through the device, e.g. photoresistors
    • H01L31/09Devices sensitive to infrared, visible or ultraviolet radiation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/82Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles
    • C07D209/86Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the ring system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/56Ring systems containing three or more rings
    • C07D209/80[b, c]- or [b, d]-condensed
    • C07D209/82Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles
    • C07D209/88Carbazoles; Hydrogenated carbazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the ring system
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K30/00Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
    • H10K30/20Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation comprising organic-organic junctions, e.g. donor-acceptor junctions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K30/00Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
    • H10K30/60Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation in which radiation controls flow of current through the devices, e.g. photoresistors
    • H10K30/65Light-sensitive field-effect devices, e.g. phototransistors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K30/00Organic devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E10/00Energy generation through renewable energy sources
    • Y02E10/50Photovoltaic [PV] energy
    • Y02E10/549Organic PV cells

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
  • Light Receiving Elements (AREA)
  • Photovoltaic Devices (AREA)

Abstract

A photoelectric conversion device having an organic photoelectric conversion layer between a first electrode and a second electrode, wherein a material used for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer has a purity of 96.5% or above as determined by liquid chromatography.

Description

1 1201143183 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是關於一種光電轉換裝置以及一種成像襄 置’其在各自有機光電轉換層中執行光電轉換。 x 【先前技術】 目前使用的大多數可見光感測器為各自藉由在諸如 石夕基板之半導體基板的表面部分中形成包括PN接合之光 電轉換區而製造之裝置。至於固態成像裝置,主要使用此 類平面型感光器,其中多個光電轉換區以二維陣列排列形 式形成於半導體基板之表面部分中,每一光電轉換區均用 作像素,且藉助於CCD型或CMOS型信號讀出電路讀出 各像素中由光電轉換向外部產生之信號。 採用僅能透射某些波長之光的處理彩色濾光片之择 構在此類平面型感光器朝向入射光之側實現分色(c 〇 1〇°r separation)來建構固態彩色成像裝置已成為一種通用方 法且更特疋&之,採用目前在數位相機及其類似物中普 通使用之熟知之單板感測器,其中能夠分別透射藍光 (B)、綠光(G)及紅光(R)之彩色濾光片規則地置放於 以二維陣列排列形式形成的各像素上。 b 然而’此類結構之單板感測器存在光利用效率低之問 題’這是由於彩色濾光片僅透射個別有限波長之光且無法 利用彩色濾光片未透射之其他波長之光。此外,近年來, 安裝於一晶片上之像素數目增至一千萬像素或超過一千萬 像素正成為趨勢,因此像素尺寸變小且光電二極體區之面 201143183 積減小。另外,信號讀出電路亦需要形成於同一半導體基 板上。因此,開口率(aperture ratio)降低以及光收集效率 降低成為問題。 想出一種解決這些問題之方法:將能夠偵測不同波長 之光的光電轉換區在垂直於半導體基板表面之方向上堆 疊。在美國專利第5965875號中揭露此種類型之成像裝置 之一實例,在可偵測光只限於可見光區域之光的情況下, 所述成像裝置利用矽之光吸收係數對波長之依賴性以及具 有多個形成在半導體基板之深度方向上堆疊之結構的光電 轉換區,由此根據其各別深度之差異實現分色。另外, JP-A-2〇〇3-33255l中揭露具有堆疊於半導體基板上方之有 機光電轉換層的成像裝置。然而,在利用矽之深度方向上 之差異的情況下’由形成财基㈣部之侧光電轉換區 所吸收之光的波長範圍本質上彼此重疊且所述裝置之光譜 特,不良’因此所述裝置具有分色不良之另_問題。已知 提高開口率之另—技術在於形成—種如下結構,其中非晶 石夕^光電轉換膜與有機找轉換膜之#層提供於上面形成 有信號讀出電路之半導體基板的上方。 至今,已瞭解利用有機光電轉換膜之光電轉換裝置、 成像裝置、光感測H以及太陽電池之每—者之若干實例。 其中特別擔心㈣題是光電轉換效率不足以及產生暗電 :。揭露引々pn接合且引入本體異質結構㈤故 良前_關題之方法,而揭露引入阻 擒層或其_物為改隨—間題之方法。然而,既無將 4 201143183. 所揭露方法應用於供用於成像裝置中之光電轉換裝置的描 述’亦無提議所述應用之描述。 雖然近年來已成功地找出能夠顯現高效能之化合物 作為用於光電轉換層之材料,但未充分考慮自合成至製造 裝置之製程來顯現所述化合物之效能,因此無法澈底地排 除雜質之影響。再者,雖然在jp-A-2007-59517中亦揭露 電子阻擋層之有效性,但如上述情況下,未對製程條件及 雜質影響予以足夠重視。 另 方面’在OLED (其代表有機發光二極體)領域, 在例如 JP-A-2004-327455 及 JP-A-2005-240011 中揭露齒化 物雜質以及鈀雜質對OLED之壽命有影響。然而,未曾對 應用於光電轉換裝置之情況下的雜質影響作描述。另外, 隨著時間推移,所產生之激子量以及發光量減少,從而使 OLED壽命縮短。因此,雜質可導致光發射量之下降加快。 另一方面’關於光電轉換裝置,雜質之存在使所述裝置之 能本身變化,而非其壽命變化。光發射過程並 2入,、光電轉換過程中且其激發態立刻導致電荷分離。 Z 轉歸置在顯現其效能能力之鋪方面明顯不 ’ 〇LED^發光量隨時間推移減少之現 、在有機薄電荷分離之現象不可同等處理。 成電領域,通f知道藉由昇華純化之 雜ΐ會對2得改良。然而,何種雜質會影響發電以及 仍為未知。魏裝置之暗電流以及快轉應有何種影響 201143183 流以電3裳置實現高光電轉換效率、弱暗電 滿足下列要^ 所述裝置中之有機光電轉換膜 1.騎現高效#及快速響應,錢光電轉換 在::解離後產生之信號電荷可傳輸至兩個電極, 之裁子ϋ貝失:更特定言之,需要所述膜確保數量減少 ▲捕捉位點(carrier娜ping site )、高電荷遷移 及向電荷輸送能力。雜已知包含於有機半導體材料中之 雜質充當電荷之捕捉位點,從而導致遷移率以及電荷輸送 能力下降,但迄今在已知實例中未發現關於雜質之具. 述0 2. 為實現高光電轉換效率,需要激子之穩定能低, 由此激子可由外加電場或内部由pn接合或其類似物產生 之電場迅速解離(激子解離效率高)。已知雜質混合於有機 染料中會導致激子去活化,由此使激子解離效率下降。然 而,迄今在已知實例中未發現關於雜質之具體描述。、、 3. 為使在黑暗條件下膜内部產生之載子數量最 少,適當地選擇此類膜結構以及材料,以使所述膜内部之 中間能階數較低且作為中間能階之原因之一的雜質總含量 減少。然而,迄今在已知實例中未發現關於雜質之具體描 述。 【發明内容】 本發明之一目標在於提供各自具有有機光電轉換層 之光電轉換裝置以及成像裝置,使用價格藉由將有機光電 6 201143183. 轉換層之雜質含量調整至特定範圍内而降低之材料以低成 本來製造所述有機光電轉換層,由此顯示高光電轉換效 率、弱暗電流特徵以及快速響應。 、 併有有機材料之光電轉換裝置受雜質影響,因此所用1 1201143183 6. TECHNOLOGICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to a photoelectric conversion device and an image forming device which perform photoelectric conversion in respective organic photoelectric conversion layers. x [Prior Art] Most of the visible light sensors currently used are devices each manufactured by forming a photoelectric conversion region including a PN junction in a surface portion of a semiconductor substrate such as a stone substrate. As for the solid-state imaging device, such a planar type photoreceptor is mainly used, in which a plurality of photoelectric conversion regions are formed in a two-dimensional array arrangement in a surface portion of a semiconductor substrate, each photoelectric conversion region is used as a pixel, and by means of a CCD type Or a CMOS type signal readout circuit reads out a signal generated by photoelectric conversion to the outside in each pixel. The use of a color filter that transmits only light of certain wavelengths to achieve color separation (c 〇1〇°r separation) toward the side of the incident light to form a solid-state color imaging device has become A general method and more particularly, is a well-known single-board sensor commonly used in digital cameras and the like, in which blue (B), green (G), and red light can be transmitted, respectively. The color filters of R) are regularly placed on respective pixels formed in a two-dimensional array arrangement. b However, the single-plate sensor of such a structure has a problem of low light utilization efficiency. This is because the color filter transmits only light of a certain finite wavelength and cannot use light of other wavelengths that the color filter does not transmit. Further, in recent years, the number of pixels mounted on a wafer has increased to 10 million pixels or more than 10 million pixels, and thus the pixel size has become smaller and the surface of the photodiode region has decreased. In addition, the signal readout circuit also needs to be formed on the same semiconductor substrate. Therefore, a reduction in the aperture ratio and a decrease in light collection efficiency become problems. A method for solving these problems has been devised in that a photoelectric conversion region capable of detecting light of different wavelengths is stacked in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the semiconductor substrate. An example of an imaging device of this type is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,965, 875, which is based on the use of the optical absorption coefficient of the bismuth and the wavelength dependence, and in the case where the detectable light is limited to light in the visible region. A plurality of photoelectric conversion regions forming a structure stacked in the depth direction of the semiconductor substrate, thereby achieving color separation according to the difference in their respective depths. Further, an image forming apparatus having an organic photoelectric conversion layer stacked over a semiconductor substrate is disclosed in JP-A-2〇〇3-33255l. However, in the case of utilizing the difference in the depth direction of the crucible, the wavelength ranges of the light absorbed by the side photoelectric conversion regions forming the finance portion (fourth portion) substantially overlap each other and the spectrum of the device is characteristically poor. The device has another problem of poor color separation. It is known that another technique for increasing the aperture ratio is to form a structure in which a layer of an amorphous photoelectric conversion film and an organic conversion conversion film is provided over a semiconductor substrate on which a signal readout circuit is formed. Heretofore, several examples of each of the photoelectric conversion device, the imaging device, the light sensing H, and the solar cell using the organic photoelectric conversion film have been known. Among them, there are special concerns (4) that the photoelectric conversion efficiency is insufficient and the dark electricity is generated: The method of introducing the pn junction and introducing the heterogeneous structure of the body (5) is introduced, and the method of introducing the barrier layer or the _ thing is introduced. However, there is neither a description of the method disclosed in 4 201143183. applied to a photoelectric conversion device for use in an image forming apparatus, nor a description of the application proposed. Although in recent years, a compound capable of exhibiting high performance has been successfully found as a material for a photoelectric conversion layer, the process from synthesis to a manufacturing apparatus has not been sufficiently considered to exhibit the performance of the compound, so that the influence of impurities cannot be eliminated. . Furthermore, although the effectiveness of the electron blocking layer is also disclosed in jp-A-2007-59517, under the above circumstances, sufficient attention has been paid to the process conditions and the influence of impurities. On the other hand, in the field of OLEDs (which represent organic light-emitting diodes), it is disclosed in JP-A-2004-327455 and JP-A-2005-240011 that tooth impurities and palladium impurities have an effect on the lifetime of the OLED. However, the influence of impurities in the case of application to a photoelectric conversion device has not been described. In addition, as time passes, the amount of excitons generated and the amount of luminescence are reduced, thereby shortening the lifetime of the OLED. Therefore, impurities can cause a decrease in the amount of light emission to be accelerated. On the other hand, with regard to the photoelectric conversion device, the presence of impurities causes the device itself to change, rather than its life. The light emission process is doubled, and during the photoelectric conversion process, its excited state immediately causes charge separation. Z-turning is obviously not obvious in the paving of its ability to show its performance. 〇 The amount of luminescence of LEDs decreases with time, and the phenomenon of organic thin charge separation cannot be treated equally. In the field of electricity generation, Tongfu knows that the purification of the chowder by sublimation will improve. However, what impurities affect power generation is still unknown. What is the effect of the dark current and fast-turning of the Wei device? 201143183 The current is high in photoelectric conversion efficiency, and the weak dark electricity meets the following requirements: 1. The organic photoelectric conversion film in the device is 1. In response, the money photoelectric conversion is:: The signal charge generated after dissociation can be transmitted to the two electrodes, and the cuts of the scorpion are lost: more specifically, the film is required to ensure a reduced number of ▲ capture sites (carrier ping site) High charge migration and charge transport capability. It is known that impurities contained in an organic semiconductor material serve as a capture site for charges, resulting in a decrease in mobility and charge transport capability, but hitherto no known impurities have been found in known examples. The conversion efficiency requires that the stability of the excitons is low, whereby the excitons can be rapidly dissociated by an applied electric field or an electric field generated internally by a pn junction or the like (the exciton dissociation efficiency is high). It is known that the mixing of impurities in an organic dye causes exciton deactivation, thereby deteriorating the exciton dissociation efficiency. However, a detailed description about impurities has not been found so far in the known examples. 3. In order to minimize the number of carriers generated inside the film under dark conditions, such film structures and materials are appropriately selected so that the intermediate energy level inside the film is low and serves as an intermediate energy level. The total content of impurities is reduced. However, no specific description about impurities has been found so far in the known examples. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a photoelectric conversion device and an image forming device each having an organic photoelectric conversion layer, which are reduced in price by adjusting the impurity content of the organic photoelectric layer 6 201143183. The organic photoelectric conversion layer is manufactured at low cost, thereby exhibiting high photoelectric conversion efficiency, weak dark current characteristics, and fast response. And the photoelectric conversion device with organic materials is affected by impurities, so it is used

材料之純度很重要。舉例而言,關於形成目前使用之CCD 型或CMOS型影像感測器的半導體晶圓,要求作為其材料 之半導體之純度為99.9999或超過99.9999,且通當切或讲 述材,之純度越高,其可雜越佳。細,糊材^純 度越高,材料成本總和越大。因此,產生裝置造價提高之 問題。 。 然而,影響光電轉換裝置效能之雜質根據用於裝置中 之光電轉換材料的結構而變化。發現材料中所含之 非對光電轉換裝置之效能施加相同程度的影響,而是 根據材料之結構及材料之使用目的( 中)對光電轉換裝置賦予不同水======層 在根據本發明之實施例的光電轉換 :μ 從而實現本發明之目 機光電轉換層之材料之純度不需要:/成其個別有 至少賴,由此可降低材於&quot;·9999,而可為 施例解決 &lt;1&gt; 一種光電轉換裝置, =定言之’本發明之上却題可料發明之以下實 極之間的有機光電轉換層,其2仇在第—電極與第二電 換層之材料以液相層析法所測㈣成所述有機光電轉 '疋具有96.5%或超過96.5% 2011431¾ 之純度。 &lt;2&gt;如少所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於形成所述 有機光電轉換層之所述材料具有9,_啊或低於9,_ ppm之氧化化合物雜質含量。 &lt;3&gt;如&lt;1&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於形成所述 有機光電轉換層之所述材料為已藉由溶液精製(s〇luti〇n refining)而純化之材料。 &lt;4&gt;如&lt;卜所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於形成所述 有機光電轉換層之所述材料為已藉昇華精製(sublimati〇n refining)而純化之材料。 &lt;5&gt;如&lt;1&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中在所述電極中 之任一者與所述有機光電轉換層之間提供電荷阻擋層。 &lt;6&gt;如&lt;5&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中所述電荷阻擋 層為電子阻擋層。 &quot;&lt;7&gt;如&lt;6&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於所述電子 阻擋層中之電子p战材料以液相層析法所測定具有 96.7% 或超過96.7%之純度以及9,〇〇〇 ppm或低於9 〇〇〇 ppm之鹵 化物雜質含量。 &lt;8&gt;如&lt;6&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於所述電子 P且播層中之電子阻擋材料以液相層析法所測定具有 96.7% 或超過96.7%之純度以及4〇〇〇卯111或低於4,〇〇〇卯111之重 金屬雜質含量。 &lt;9&gt;如&lt;6&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於所述電子 阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料為已藉由溶液精製而純化之材 8 1. 1.201143183 料。 &lt;10&gt;如&lt;6〉所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於所述電 子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料為已藉由昇華精製而純化之材 料。 &lt;11&gt;如&lt;6&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於所述電子 阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料為三芳基胺化合物。 …&lt;12&gt;如&lt;1&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中用於形成所 述有機光電轉換層之所述材料包含在自4〇〇奈米延伸至 8〇〇奈米之可見光波長區域内具有最大吸收波長的著色 &lt;13&gt;如&lt;1&gt;至&lt;12&gt;中任一項所述之光電轉換裝 置’其中將ΙΟ·4伏特/公分至lxl〇7伏特/公分之電場置於所 述第一電極與所述第二電極之間。 &lt;14&gt; 如&lt;1&gt;所述之光電轉換裝置,其中所述有機光 電轉換層包含芙(funerene)。 &lt;15&gt; 一種成像裝置,其具有:如&lt;ι&gt;所述之光電轉 換裝置,以及半導體基板,其中所述光電轉換裝置堆疊於 所述半導體基板之表面上。 、 、 根據本發明,甚至可藉由使用純度為96.5%之材料形 成確保高光電轉換效率、弱暗電流特徵 響應 機光電轉換層,與目前用於光電轉換裝置二:之: 述材料為低純度材料,因此可降低製造光電轉換裝置以 成像裴置之成本。 、 【實施方式】 201143183 本發明之較佳實施例描述如下。 明之實關的I置為光電轉換裝置,其各自 、含有至少一種材料之有機光電轉換膜以及 粗呈古肖、’且各裝置之特徵為用於喊料裝置之材 枓具有以HPLC (高效液相層析法(_杨一The purity of the material is important. For example, regarding a semiconductor wafer forming a currently used CCD type or CMOS type image sensor, the purity of a semiconductor as a material thereof is required to be 99.9999 or more than 99.9999, and the purity of the semiconductor is required to be cut or clarified. It can be better. Fine, paste material ^ the higher the purity, the greater the total material cost. Therefore, there is a problem that the cost of the device is increased. . However, the impurities affecting the performance of the photoelectric conversion device vary depending on the structure of the photoelectric conversion material used in the device. It is found that the material contained in the material exerts the same degree of influence on the performance of the photoelectric conversion device, but different energy is given to the photoelectric conversion device according to the structure of the material and the purpose of use of the material (middle) ====== The photoelectric conversion of the embodiment of the invention: μ, so as to achieve the purity of the material of the photoelectric conversion layer of the object of the present invention, does not need to be: / it has at least a few of it, thereby reducing the material in &quot;9999, but can be a case SOLUTION &lt;1&gt; A photoelectric conversion device, = in the above-mentioned invention, but the organic photoelectric conversion layer between the following actual electrodes can be found in the invention, which is in the first electrode and the second electrical layer The material was measured by liquid chromatography (d) to form the organic photoelectric conversion '疋 having a purity of 96.5% or more than 96.5% 20114313⁄4. &lt;2&gt; The photoelectric conversion device according to the above, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer has an oxidized compound impurity content of 9, ah or less than 9, _ ppm. The photoelectric conversion device according to <1>, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is a material which has been purified by solution refining. The photoelectric conversion device according to the above, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is a material which has been purified by sublimati refining. The photoelectric conversion device according to any one of <1>, wherein a charge blocking layer is provided between the electrode and the organic photoelectric conversion layer. &lt;6&gt; The photoelectric conversion device of &lt;5&gt;, wherein the charge blocking layer is an electron blocking layer. &lt;7&gt; The photoelectric conversion device of &lt;6&gt;, wherein the electronic p-combat material used in the electron blocking layer has a purity of 96.7% or more than 96.7% as determined by liquid chromatography 9. Halide impurity content of 〇〇〇ppm or less than 9 〇〇〇ppm. &lt;8&gt; The photoelectric conversion device according to <6>, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron P and in the seed layer has a purity of 96.7% or more than 96.7% as determined by liquid chromatography and 4 〇〇〇卯111 or less than 4, 〇〇〇卯111 heavy metal impurity content. &lt;9&gt; The photoelectric conversion device according to &lt;6&gt;, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is a material which has been purified by solution refining 8 1. 1.201143183. &lt;10&gt; The photoelectric conversion device according to <6>, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is a material which has been purified by sublimation purification. &lt;11&gt; The photoelectric conversion device according to &lt;6&gt;, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is a triarylamine compound. The photoelectric conversion device according to <1>, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is contained in a visible light wavelength region extending from 4 nanometers to 8 nanometers. The photoelectric conversion device of any one of &lt;1&gt; to &lt;12&gt;, wherein the electric field is set to l4 volts/cm to 1 x 〇7 volts/cm. Between the first electrode and the second electrode. &lt;14&gt; The photoelectric conversion device of &lt;1&gt;, wherein the organic photoelectric conversion layer comprises a novele. &lt;15&gt; An image forming apparatus comprising: the photoelectric conversion device according to &lt;1&gt;, and a semiconductor substrate, wherein the photoelectric conversion device is stacked on a surface of the semiconductor substrate. According to the present invention, even a material having a purity of 96.5% can be used to form a photoelectric conversion layer that ensures high photoelectric conversion efficiency and a weak dark current characteristic response, and is currently used for a photoelectric conversion device: The material can therefore reduce the cost of manufacturing the photoelectric conversion device for imaging. [Embodiment] 201143183 A preferred embodiment of the present invention is described below. The I is set as a photoelectric conversion device, each of which has an organic photoelectric conversion film containing at least one material, and a coarsely-formed ancient shoal, and each device is characterized by a material for a shouting device having HPLC (high efficiency liquid) Phase chromatography (_Yang Yi

Llqmd Chr〇matography))所測定% 5%或超過%抓之纯 度。 , 根據本發明之實施例的光電轉換裝置受雜質影響,這 是因為光電轉換裝置併有有機材料,因此所⑽料之純度 對其而言很重要。由於有機材料之純度在材料併入裝置後 無法量測,所以材料在祕形絲置之前的純度變得很重 要。至少96.5%之純度適祕本發明切狀有機材料。 然而,除非材料成本總和很高’否則99%或超過99%之純 度尤其有利。較佳實用通用HPLC (高效液相層析法)作 為純度測定方法^純度值可測定為在幾乎所有有機材料均 吸收光之妓(例如254奈米)下監測吸光麟的峰 占整個層析圖之百分比。 有機光電轉換膜為含有光電轉換材料之膜,且較佳使 用有機染料作為光電轉換材料,這是由於要求所述材料完 全吸收光電轉換中所涉及之可見^,更佳地,有機染料在 400奈米至_奈米之可見光區域内具有·最大值。為 檢查其吸收特性,有機染料適宜處於膜狀態,但其亦可處 於溶液(例如氣仿溶液)狀態,兩者可提供幾乎相當之妹 果。吸收常數越大越好,且更特定言之,其值較佳為2〇,〇〇°〇 201143183 一.-一—厂 公升/莫耳/公分(L/mol/cm)或超過2〇,_公升/莫耳/公 分,更佳為40,000公升/莫耳/公分或超過4〇 〇〇〇公升/莫耳 /公分。為使電荷分離以及信號讀出,有齡料較佳且有呈 定值之氧化電位,且更特定言之’對於在乙腈溶液中之 Ag/AgCl而言,氧化電位較佳為〇 4伏特至〗〇伏特,尤佳 為〇.5伏特至0.8伏特。因為有機染料以膜狀態使用,所 以膜IP (游離電位)值較佳為5 〇電子伏特至5 7電子伏 特,尤佳為5.2電子伏特至6電子伏特。 至於光電轉換材料之結構,例示jp_A 2〇〇6 86157、 JP-A-2006-86160、JP-A-2006-100502、JP-A-2006-100508、 JP-A-2006-100767 &gt; JP-A-2006-339424 ^ JP-A-2008-244296 及JP-A-2009-088291中所揭露之染料。詳言之,可使用 JP-A-2000-297068中所揭露之化合物。 由下式(I)表示之化合物適用作光電轉換材料。Llqmd Chr〇matography)) % measured or more than % pure. The photoelectric conversion device according to the embodiment of the present invention is affected by impurities because the photoelectric conversion device has an organic material, and therefore the purity of the material is important to it. Since the purity of the organic material cannot be measured after the material is incorporated into the device, the purity of the material prior to the clue is becoming important. At least 96.5% of the purity is suitable for the chopped organic material of the present invention. However, unless the sum of material costs is high, '99% or more than 99% is particularly advantageous. Preferably, practical general-purpose HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography) is used as a purity determination method. The purity value can be determined by monitoring the peak of the light-absorbing lining in the whole chromatogram under the absorption of light (for example, 254 nm) in almost all organic materials. The percentage. The organic photoelectric conversion film is a film containing a photoelectric conversion material, and an organic dye is preferably used as the photoelectric conversion material because the material is required to completely absorb the visible light involved in photoelectric conversion, and more preferably, the organic dye is in 400 nm. The maximum value is in the visible light region of rice to _ nanometer. In order to check the absorption characteristics, the organic dye is suitably in a film state, but it may also be in a solution (e.g., a gas-like solution), which provides almost equal results. The larger the absorption constant, the better, and more specifically, the value is preferably 2〇, 〇〇°〇201143183 I.-I-factory liter/mole/cm (L/mol/cm) or more than 2〇, _ Liter / Moule / cm, more preferably 40,000 liters / Moule / cm or more than 4 liters / Moule / cm. For charge separation and signal readout, ageing materials are preferred and have a set value of oxidation potential, and more specifically 'for Ag/AgCl in acetonitrile solution, the oxidation potential is preferably 〇4 volts to 〗 〇 volts, especially good for 〇. 5 volts to 0.8 volts. Since the organic dye is used in a film state, the film IP (free potential) value is preferably 5 〇 electron volts to 5 7 electron volts, particularly preferably 5.2 electron volts to 6 electron volts. As for the structure of the photoelectric conversion material, examples are shown as jp_A 2〇〇6 86157, JP-A-2006-86160, JP-A-2006-100502, JP-A-2006-100508, JP-A-2006-100767 &gt; JP- A-2006-339424 ^ The dye disclosed in JP-A-2008-244296 and JP-A-2009-088291. In particular, the compounds disclosed in JP-A-2000-297068 can be used. The compound represented by the following formula (I) is suitable as a photoelectric conversion material.

在式(I)中,Zi表示含有至少兩個碳原子且含有至 少一個5員環或6員環或其組合的稠環,^、^及l3各自 镯立地表示未經取代之次甲基或經取代之次甲基,表示 芳基或雜芳基,且η表示等於或大於0之整數。 Ζ!表示含有至少兩個碳原子且含有至少一個5員環或 6員環或其組合的稠環。通常用作部花青(mer〇cyanine) 11 201143183 w i 染料中之酸性核者較佳作為具有至少—個5員環或6員環 或其組合的稍環且其實例包括以下: (a) 1,3-二羰基核,例如u-節滿二酮核、以環己二 酮、5,5-二曱基-1,3-環己二敝以二魏仏二明。 (b) 吡唑啉酮核,例如μ苯基_2_吡唑啉·5_酮、3-甲基 -1·笨基-2♦坐琳_5__及Η2·苯並嗟峻基)_3_甲基·2·η比唾 ^^•5-酿)。 (C)異噁唑啉酮核,例如3_苯基_2_異噁唑啉 ML S _ii 产 . yen λ 3-甲基-2-異。惡唾琳_5_綱 ⑷羥啊核,例如烧基·2,3_二氣-2·經十朵。 (e ) 2,4,6-三鋼六氫+定核,例如巴比妥酸(^她 2.硫代巴比妥酸及其雛物。衍生物之實例包 !舰基(諸如,基或乙基 或2-硫代巴比妥酸’其^之巴比文 如甲其在 位具有2個烧基(In the formula (I), Zi represents a fused ring containing at least two carbon atoms and containing at least one 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring or a combination thereof, and each of the groups represents an unsubstituted methine group or The substituted methine group represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and η represents an integer equal to or greater than 0. Ζ! denotes a fused ring containing at least two carbon atoms and containing at least one 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring or a combination thereof. It is generally used as the acid core in the mer〇cyanine 11 201143183 wi dye as a minor ring having at least a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring or a combination thereof and examples thereof include the following: (a) 1 a 3-dicarbonyl nucleus such as a u-fedone diketone nucleus, a cyclohexanedione, a 5,5-dimercapto-1,3-cyclohexanedifluorene, and a diterpenoid. (b) Pyrazolone nucleus, such as μphenyl-2-pyrazoline-5-one, 3-methyl-1·stupyl-2♦ sitting _5__ and Η2·benzoxanthyl) _3_methyl·2·η is more than saliva ^^•5-brew). (C) Isoxazolinone nucleus, for example, 3-phenyl-2-isoxazoline ML S _ii produced. yen λ 3-methyl-2-iso. Evil saliva _5_ class (4) hydroxy nucleus, such as burning base · 2, 3 _ two gas - 2. through ten. (e) 2,4,6-three steel hexahydrogen + nucleation, such as barbituric acid (^ her 2. thiobarbituric acid and its younger. Examples of derivatives package! Ship base (such as Or ethyl or 2-thiobarbituric acid, which has 2 calcinations in place.

如苯基、基),或在1位及3位具有兩個芳基C =具;t或對乙氧舰苯基),或在1位及 =别具有1個燒基(諸如乙基)及i個芳基( 或在1位及3位具有兩個雜環基(諸如2-n比咬A)。厂 及^i^2,4舰°&quot;二難,㈣羅料 Crhodanin, f基羅^ \ ^實例包括3_统基羅丹寧(諸如: 丹寧(諸如3、3崩絲料)、3孤1 庞」 本基羅丹寧)及各自在3位經伽其㈣」 羅丹寧(諸如3似咬基)羅丹寧)。雜環基取代·&lt; 12 201143183^ (g ) 2-硫-2,4-噁唑啶二酮(2-硫-2,4-(3H,5H)-噁唑二酮 核),例如3-乙基-2-硫-2,4-°惡°坐咬二酮。 (h) 硫雜環烧酮核,例如3(2H)-硫雜環燒酮-1,1-二氧 化物。 (i) 2-硫-2,5-噻唑啶二酮核,例如3-乙基-2-硫-2,5-嘆 吐咬二_。 (j) 2,4-°塞唾咬二_核,例如2,4-嗟啥咬二酿)、3-乙基 -2,4-噻唑啶二酮及3-苯基-2,4-噻唑啶二酮。 (k) °塞嗤琳-4-酮核,例如4-嗔嗤琳_及2-乙基-4-嗟 β坐琳酮。 (l) 2,4-咪唑啶二酮(乙内醯脲)核,例如2,4_咪唑啶 二酿I及3-乙基-2,4-^β坐咬二嗣。 (m) 2-硫-2,4-n米唑啶二酮(2-硫乙内醯脲)核,例如 .2-硫-2,4-咪唑啶二酮及3_乙基_2_硫_2,4_味唑啶二酮。 (η)咪唑啉-5-酮核,例如2-丙基巯基-2-咪唑啉_5_酮。 (ο) 3,5-吡唑啶二酮核,例如ι,2·二苯基_3,5_吡唑啶 二酮及1,2-二甲基-3,5-σ比《坐咬二_。 (Ρ)本並11 塞吩-3-酮核,例如苯並嗟吩_3_嗣、側氧基笨 並噻吩-3-酮及二侧氧基苯並噻吩_3_酮。 (q)茚酮(indanone)核,例如[茚酮、3·苯基_丨·節 鲷、3-曱基-1·節酮、3,3_二苯基•節酮及3,3_二甲基小節 鲷0 由形成之j衣較佳為ι,3·二幾基核、B比唾琳核、ns· 三酮六氫嘧啶核(包括硫酮體,諸如巴比妥酸核或2_硫’代 13 201143183 巴比妥酸核)、2-硫-2,4-噻唑啶二酮核、2_硫_2,4_噁唑啶二 酿1核、2-硫-2,5-嘆唑啶二酮核、2,4-嗟唑啶二酮核、2,4-_ 唑啶二酮核、2-硫-2,4-咪唑啶二酮核、2·咪唑啉_5_酮核、 3,5-吡唑啶二酮核或苯並噻吩_3·酮核;更佳為丨,3_二羰基 核、2,4,6-三酮六氫嘧啶核(包括硫酮體,諸如巴比妥酸二 或2-硫代巴比妥酸核)、3,5_吡唑啶二酮核或苯並噻吩 _或節_ ;更佳為二祕核或2,4,6-三_六氫喷啶 核(包括硫酮體,諸如巴比妥酸核或2_硫代巴比妥酸核); 尤其較佳為1,3·料二峨、巴比妥義、2_硫代巴比 酸核或各核之衍生物。 L、L2及L3各自獨立地表示未經取代之次曱基或 次甲基。Ll至L3可彼此組合形成環,且所形成之環 環ίΐ己稀環、環戊騎、苯環、萘環、嗟吩環或旅喃 取代之次曱基可具有如下所述之取代基w,但 广乙2^3全部均為未經取代之次曱基之情況為較佳。 IM4 It不科或切G之整數,錄為G至3之整數, 县决i/n值之增大使化合物之吸收波長區域可能移向更 在可見====,降低。在化合物可 媒時熱分狀意義上在藉由餘沈積形成 κιαλ 1表示芳基或雜芳基,較佳為芳基。由〇,表示之某 Dl表不之芳基較佳為含有6至3G個碳原子之芳 201143183 基,更佳為含有6至18個碳原子之芳基。所述芳基可具有 如下所述之取代基W,且其較佳為含有6至18個碳原子 且可具有含有1至4個碳原子之烷基取代基的芳基。芳基 之實例包括笨基、萘基、蒽基、芘基、菲基、曱基苯基及 一曱基苯基。在這些基團中,笨基及萘基優於其他基團。 —由Di表示之雜芳基較佳為含有3至30個碳原子之雜 芳基,更佳為含有4至18個碳原子之雜芳基。所述雜芳基 I具有如下所述之取代基w,且其較佳為含有4至18個 石厌原子且可具有含有1至4個碳原子之絲取代基的雜芳 基。較佳雜芳基結構之實例包括噻吩、呋喃、吡咯、噁唑、 二唑、噻唑以及這些雜環化合物之苯並或噻吩並稠環衍生 ,。在這些化合物中,噻吩、笨並噻吩、噻吩並噻吩、二 苯並噻吩及聯噻吩並噻吩優於其他化合物。 由Rb各自表示之取代基包括如下所述之取代基 二二其較佳為脂族烴基(較佳為可具有取餘之院基或 歸基)、^基(較佳為可具有取代基之苯基)或雜環基。 由Ra及Rb各自獨立地表示之芳基較佳為含有6至3〇 子之方基’更佳為含有6至18個碳原子之芳基。所 ί方基可具有取代基’且其較佳為含有6至18個碳原子且 含有/至4個碳原子之絲取代基或含有6至18 之方基取代基的芳基。芳基之實例包括苯基、萘 ς:基、$基、菲基、甲基苯基、二f基苯基以及聯笨 基。在這些基團中,苯基、萘基以及慧基。 由R及R各自獨立地表示之雜環紐佳為含有3至 15 201143183 環基。所環基’更佳為含有3至18個碳原子之雜 個碳;4^縣可具有取絲,且錄㈣含有3至18 有6至^7具有含有1至4個碳料找絲代基或含 個碳原子之芳基取代基的雜環基。由Ra&amp; Rb 例包括縣較佳具有稠獅構。㈣結構之較佳實 5 ==合由㈣環、嘆吩環' 石西吩(sele—) 承·^雜環戊二;!$ (silole)環“比咬環“比嗪環、錢環、 鳴嗤環、知環、三顿、°惡二。純以及售二錢所構成 =族群中選出的相同或不同環所形成之稠環結構,且更特 定言之,其包括喹啉環、異喹啉環、笨並噻吩環、二苯並 噻吩環、噻吩並噻吩環、聯噻吩並笨環及聯噻吩並噻吩環。 由D!、Ra及Rb各自表示之芳基較佳具有稠環結構, 較佳為具有苯環之稠環結構,更佳為萘、蒽、芘或菲之環 結構。在這些環結構中,萘及蒽之環結構優於其他環結構。 取代基w之實例包括i素原子、烷基(包括環烷基、 二環燒基及三環烧基)、稀基(包括環烯基及二環稀基)、 炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、 芳氧基、碎烧氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、烧 氧羰基、芳氧羰基、胺基(含有苯胺基)、敍基、醯胺基、 胺基幾基胺基、炫氧幾基胺基' 芳氧幾基胺基、胺續酿基 胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基、芳基磺醯基胺基、酼基、烷硫基、 芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺酸基.、烷基亞磺醯基、 芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧羰 基、炫氧幾基、胺曱醯基、偶氮芳基(arylazo group)、雜 201143183 環偶氮基(heterocyclylazo group)、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦 基(phosphinyl group)、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、膦酸 基、矽烷基、肼基、脲基、硼酸基(_b(〇h)2)、磷酸酯基 (-OPO(OH)2)、硫酸根基(-〇S〇3H)及其他已知取代基。 當由Ra及❼各自表示之取代基為脂族烴基(較佳為 烷基或烯基)時,其可藉由與經·NRa(Rb)取代之芳基之芳 環結構(較佳為苯環結構)上之氫原子或取代基組合形成 環(較佳為6員環)。Such as phenyl, phenyl), or have two aryl groups at the 1 and 3 positions C=; or t ethoxylate phenyl), or at 1 position and = have 1 alkyl group (such as ethyl) And i aryl groups (or two heterocyclic groups at the 1 and 3 positions (such as 2-n ratio bite A). Factory and ^i^2, 4 ships °&quot; dilemma, (four) Luo materials Crhodanin, f Kiro ^ \ ^ examples include 3_ unified base rhodamine (such as: tannin (such as 3, 3 broken silk), 3 lone 1 Pang" Ben Kirodin) and each in the 3rd via gamma (four) Rodenin (such as 3 like bite base) Luo Daning). Heterocyclic group substitution·&lt; 12 201143183^ (g) 2-sulfo-2,4-oxazolidinedione (2-sulfo-2,4-(3H,5H)-oxazolidinedione core), for example 3 -Ethyl-2-sulfo-2,4-° stagnation diketone. (h) A thioheterocyclenone nucleus such as 3(2H)-thiacyclenone-1,1-dioxide. (i) a 2-sulfo-2,5-thiazolidinone core such as 3-ethyl-2-sulfur-2,5-sigh bite II. (j) 2,4-° sputum bite two-nucleus, eg 2,4-bite two-brew), 3-ethyl-2,4-thiazolidinone and 3-phenyl-2,4- Thiazolidinedione. (k) 嗤 嗤 -4- -4- ketone nucleus, such as 4- 嗔嗤 _ _ and 2-ethyl -4- 嗟 β sitinone. (l) 2,4-Imidazolidinedione (beta), such as 2,4-imidazolidinium II and 3-ethyl-2,4-^β. (m) 2-Sulpho-2,4-n-myzolopyridinone (2-thioethyl carbazide) nucleus, for example, 2-thio-2,4-imidazolidinone and 3-ethyl-2_ Sulfur-2,4-oxazolidinone. (η) Imidazoline-5-one nucleus, for example 2-propyl decyl-2-imidazolinium 5-one. (ο) 3,5-pyrazolidinedione core, such as i, 2, diphenyl-3, 5-pyrazolidinedione and 1,2-dimethyl-3,5-σ ratio two_. (Ρ) Benzophene-3-one nucleus, such as benzophenone _3_ 嗣, pendant oxy thiophene-3-one, and di- oxybenzothiophene -3- ketone. (q) Indanone core, for example [fluorenone, 3 phenyl hydrazine, thrift, 3-mercapto-1 ketone, 3,3 diphenyl ketone and 3,3 _ The dimethyl quinone 鲷0 is preferably formed by the y, 3 nd nucleus, B saliline nucleus, ns. ketone hexahydropyrimidine nucleus (including thione bodies such as barbituric acid nucleus or 2_ sulfur 'generation 13 201143183 barbituric acid nucleus), 2-sulfo-2,4-thiazolidinone nucleus, 2 sulphur 2,4 oxazolidine di-nuclear 1 nucleus, 2-sulfur - 2, 5- oxazolidinedione nucleus, 2,4-oxazolidinone nucleus, 2,4-oxadazoledione nucleus, 2-sulfo-2,4-imidazolidindione nucleus, 2·imidazoline _ a 5-keto nucleus, a 3,5-pyrazolidinedione nucleus or a benzothiophene -3- ketone nucleus; more preferably an anthracene, a 3-dicarbonyl nucleus, a 2,4,6-trione hexahydropyrimidine nucleus (including a thione body, such as a barbituric acid di- or 2-thiobarbituric acid nucleus, a 3,5-pyrazolidinedione nucleus or a benzothiophene _ or a knuckle _; more preferably a second nucleus or 2, 4,6-tris-hexahydropyridinium nucleus (including thione bodies, such as barbituric acid nucleus or 2 thiobarbituric acid nucleus); especially preferably 1,3 bismuth, barbital a 2, thiobarbituric acid nucleus or a derivative of each nucleus. L, L2 and L3 each independently represent an unsubstituted indenyl or methine group. L1 to L3 may be combined with each other to form a ring, and the formed sulfhydryl ring, cyclopentane, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, porphin ring or ruthenium substituted fluorenyl may have a substituent as described below. However, it is preferred that all of the ethylene 2^3 are unsubstituted subunits. IM4 It is not an integer or an integer of G. It is recorded as an integer from G to 3. The increase in the i/n value of the county makes the absorption wavelength region of the compound shift to more visible ====. The aryl or heteroaryl group, preferably an aryl group, is represented by the formation of κιαλ 1 by thermal deposition in the thermal fractionation of the compound. The aryl group represented by 〇, which is represented by a certain D1, is preferably an aromatic aryl group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent W as described below, and it is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms and which may have an alkyl substituent having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a strepyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, an anthracenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a nonylphenyl group, and a nonylphenyl group. Among these groups, stupyl and naphthyl are superior to other groups. The heteroaryl group represented by Di is preferably a heteroaryl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms. The heteroaryl group I has a substituent w as described below, and it is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 18 stone anodic atoms and which may have a silk substituent of 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of preferred heteroaryl structures include thiophene, furan, pyrrole, oxazole, oxadiazole, thiazole, and benzo or thienofused ring derivatives of these heterocyclic compounds. Among these compounds, thiophene, benzophenone, thienothiophene, dibenzothiophene and bithienothiophene are superior to other compounds. The substituent represented by each of Rb includes a substituent such as the following, which is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (preferably having a residual or a base group), preferably having a substituent. Phenyl) or heterocyclic group. The aryl group each independently represented by Ra and Rb is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 3 fluorenes, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent ' and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms and having / to 4 carbon atoms or a aryl group having 6 to 18 substituents. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthoquinone group, a benzyl group, a phenanthryl group, a methylphenyl group, a bisfylphenyl group, and a phenyl group. Among these groups are a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and a fluorenyl group. The heterocyclic ring, which is independently represented by R and R, contains a ring group of 3 to 15 201143183. The ring group 'more preferably is a heterocarbon having 3 to 18 carbon atoms; 4^ County may have a wire, and the record (4) contains 3 to 18 and 6 to 7 has a 1 to 4 carbon material for silk generation. a heterocyclic group or a heterocyclic group having an aryl substituent of one carbon atom. The Ra&amp; Rb case includes a county with a dense lion structure. (4) The better structure of the structure 5 == combination (4) ring, singer ring 'sele- s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s , Ming ring, Zhihuan, three, and evil two. The fused ring structure formed by the same or different rings selected from the group consisting of pure and sold money, and more specifically, includes a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a stupid thiophene ring, a dibenzothiophene ring. a thienothiophene ring, a bithiophene ring, and a bithiophene thiophene ring. The aryl group represented by each of D!, Ra and Rb preferably has a fused ring structure, preferably a fused ring structure having a benzene ring, more preferably a ring structure of naphthalene, anthracene, anthracene or phenanthrene. Among these ring structures, the ring structure of naphthalene and anthracene is superior to other ring structures. Examples of the substituent w include an atom of an atom, an alkyl group (including a cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, and a tricycloalkyl group), a dilute group (including a cycloalkenyl group and a bicyclic group), an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and a hetero group. Cyclo, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, carboxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, amine methoxycarbonyl, oxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, amine (containing an anilino group), a sulphonyl group, a decylamino group, an amino group, an amine group, an oxoamino group, an aryloxyamino group, an amine arylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, Arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, sulfonate, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkyl Sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, oxy-oxyl, amine sulfhydryl, arylazo group, hetero-201143183 heterocyclylazo group, quinone imine Phosphyl, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy, phosphinylamino, phosphonic acid, decyl, decyl, ureido, boronic acid (_b(〇h)2), phosphoric acid Ester group (-OPO(OH)2), sulfur Foundation (-〇S〇3H) and other known substituents. When the substituent represented by each of Ra and fluorene is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group), it may have an aromatic ring structure (preferably benzene) which is substituted with an aryl group substituted with ·NRa(Rb). The hydrogen atom or substituent on the ring structure is combined to form a ring (preferably a 6-membered ring).

Ra與Rb可彼此組合形成環(較佳為5或6員環,更 佳為6員環),或Ra&amp;Rb&amp;自可與l(Li、L2&amp;L3之任 一者)中之取代基組合形成環(較佳為5或6員環,更佳 為6員環)。 由式(I)表示之化合物包括JP-A-2000-297068中所 揭露之化合物,且不為JP-A-2000-297068中所揭露之化合 物的化合物亦可根據該文獻中所揭露之合成方法來製造。 由式(I)表示之化合物較佳為由以下式(π)表示 化合物。Ra and Rb may be combined with each other to form a ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered ring, more preferably a 6 membered ring), or a substituent of Ra&amp;Rb&amp; and from 1 (Li, L2 &amp; L3) The combination forms a loop (preferably a 5 or 6 membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring). The compound represented by the formula (I) includes the compound disclosed in JP-A-2000-297068, and the compound which is not the compound disclosed in JP-A-2000-297068 can also be synthesized according to the synthesis method disclosed in the literature. To manufacture. The compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (π).

,__ Ρ22 ^-Ν (II) 〇23 在式(II)中,Z2、L21、L22、L23及η分別具有與式 )中之Zl、乙1、乙2、L3及η相同之含義,且其各別較佳 實例與式⑴中相同,d2i表示經取代絲經取代之伸芳 17 201143183 ί二示經取代或未經取代之芳 芳夷由料基較佳為含有6至3G個碳原子之伸 可;有Γί 】8個碳原子之伸芳基。所述伸芳基 上所述之取代基w,且其較佳為含有6至= :原子且可具有含有】至4個碳原子之烷基取代基 土。伸芳基之實例包括伸苯基、伸蔡基 1、方 苯基及伸萘基做其絲圏。 二基團中,伸 -烯環、対環&quot;比嗪環、錢環、喔唾環 環環戊 唾環H環H顿所構成的 形ΐ:,結構的基團,且^^ 裱、忐%、菲環、喹啉環、異喹啉 展恩 J倾、輸嘆吩環、物並苯環或二並: 佳:^,較 ^環、軸之環結構,尤佳為蔡= 較佳 _、吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、噁唑環、噻唑環%3 201143183 環、噁二唑環及噻二唑環所構成的族群中選出之相同或不 同環所形成之稠環結構,尤其為喹啉環、異喹啉環、苯並 噻吩環、二苯並噻吩環、噻吩並噻吩環、聯噻吩並苯環或 聯噻吩並噻吩環之環結構。 由式(I)表示之光電轉換材料之較佳實例由以下式 (III)展示,但這些實例不應視為對本發明之範疇的限制。 Λ, __ Ρ22 ^-Ν (II) 〇23 In the formula (II), Z2, L21, L22, L23 and η have the same meanings as Z1, B1, B2, L3 and η in the formula, respectively, and The preferred examples thereof are the same as in the formula (1), and d2i represents a substituted silk substituted by a substituted silk. The compound is preferably substituted with 6 to 3 carbon atoms. Stretching; there are Γί 】 8 carbon atoms of the extended aryl group. The substituent w described above on the aryl group, and preferably contains 6 to =: atoms and may have an alkyl substituent base having from 4 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. In the diradical group, the exo-olefin ring, the anthracene ring, the ring of the ring, the ring of the ring, the ring of the ring of the ring, the ring of H ring, the group of the structure: the group of the structure, and ^^ 裱,忐%, phenanthrene ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline exhibiting J, singular ring, benzophenone or dimer: good: ^, more than ring, axis ring structure, especially good for Cai = Good _, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring %3 201143183 fused ring structure formed by the same or different rings selected from the group consisting of a ring, an oxadiazole ring and a thiadiazole ring In particular, it is a ring structure of a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a thienothiophene ring, a bithiophene ring or a bithiophenethiophene ring. Preferred examples of the photoelectric conversion material represented by the formula (I) are shown by the following formula (III), but these examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. Λ

、rLW (III) D33 在式(III)中,Z3表示表1中之A-l至A-12中之任 一者,L31表示次曱基,且η表示0。D31為B-1至B-9中 之任一者,且D32及D33各自表示C-1至C-15中之任一者。 表1 :(表中各環中所繪示之星號(*)指示各環之鍵 結位置) A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 。毛 。办 Λ A-7 A-8 A-9 a-ίο A-ll A 0jh A ό 201143183r B-1 B-2 B-3 Β-4 Β-5 Β-6 ·00· CO 會 οοα •Ολ •CQ. ·Λ&gt;· B-7 B-8 Β-9 / / / .0. y / C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 •C0 CO 〇〇〇 000 你 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-ll C-12 •C^O 0¾ # &gt;8u C-13 C-14 C-15 / / 〆 0¾ * Ό / / / 由式(I)表示之光電轉換材料之更佳實例為式(III) 中之取代基、鍵聯基團及部分結構之下列組合,但這些組 合不應視為對本發明之範疇的限制。 201143183. 表2 化合物 Ί、'* / \ \ \ 、V ·〆 L31 η d31 D32 D33 1 Α-1 CH 0 B-9 C-1 C-1 2 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 3 Α-3 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 4 Α-4 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 5 Α-5 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 6 Α-10 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 7 Α-11 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 8 Α-6 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 9 Α-7 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 10 Α-8 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 11 Α-9 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 12 Α-12 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 13 Α-2 CH 0 B-2 C-15 C-15 14 Α-2 CH 0 B-3 C-15 C-15 15 Α-2 CH 0 B-4 C-15 C-15 16 Α-2 CH 0 B-5 C-15 C-15 17 Α-2 CH 0 B-6 C-15 C-15 18 Α-2 CH 0 B-7 C-15 C-15 19 Α-2 CH 0 B-8 C-15 C-15 20 Α-2 CH 0 B-1 C-1 C-1 22 Α-2 CH 0 B-1 C-1 C-3 23 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-4 24 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-5 25 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-6 26 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-1 C-7 27 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-8 C-8 28 Α-2 CH 0 B-1 C-10 C-10 29 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-ll C-ll 30 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-12 C-12 另外,表2中之A-1至A-12、B-1至B-9以及C-1至 21 201143183 C-15分別具有與表1中所示相同之含義。 這些材料每-者中的雜質含量較佳為1〇,〇〇〇 _或 低於10,000ppm’且越低越好❶目標材料之純度越高越好, 且更特定言之,純度較佳為99%或超過99%,更佳為99 或超過99.5%。 ‘ · 〇 如前所述,影響光電轉換裝置之效能的雜質根據所用 光電轉換材料之結構而變化。然而,這並不意謂光電轉換 材料中所含之所有雜質對所得光電轉換裝置之效能的影響 程度相同,而是雜質對光電轉換裝置之影響程度根據材料 結構及材料之使用目的(例如材料用於哪一層)而不同。 用於有機光電轉換膜之光電轉換材料中的雜質之實 例包括原料、反應試劑、溶劑、反應中間物及多種來自副 反應之分解產物。當發生氧化反應作為副反應時,形成氧 化化合物雜質;當發生還原反應作為副反應時,產生還原 雜質;當發生分解反應作為副反應時,產生分解雜質;而 當發生異構化反應作為副反應時,產生異構化雜質。在這 些眾多雜質中,發現氧化化合物雜質對光電轉換裝置之效 能的影響尤其大。 在採用如流程1中所示之合成途徑之情況下,氧化化 合物雜質包括所用原料之氧化化合物及合成產物之氧化化 合物。這些氧化化合物雜質之數量越少,實現的效能越佳。 在本發明中,經由使用液相層析法所測定,用於形成 有機光電轉換層之材料的純度為96.5%或超過96.5%,且 氧化化合物雜質之含量較佳為9,000 ppm或低於9,000 22 201143183 ppm ’更佳為3,〇〇〇 ppm或低於3 〇〇〇 ppjn,更佳為1〇〇〇 ppm或低於i,〇〇〇 ppm。只要氧化化合物雜質之含量在上 文所指定之範圍内’即可製造傳遞較高效能之光電轉換裝 置。詳言之’氧化化合物雜質之含量為9,〇〇〇 ppm或低於 9.000 Ppm且用於形成有機光電轉換層之材料的純度以液 相層析法所測定在96.5%至99 9%之範圍内的情況為較 佳,這是由於在這些情況下,可製造高效能光電轉換裝置 且純化材料之成本可降低。 氧化化合物雜質之含量的下限為0,且較佳使含量儘 可能接近0。然而,對於根據本發明之實施例的裝置,不 ,求雜質含量如此低。舉例而言,稍後描述之實驗實例顯 不’只要氧化化合物雜質之總含量在9,〇〇〇 ppm或低於 9.000 ppm,裝置效能就不會降級。鑒於這些實驗結果,推 測雜質對本發明之光電轉換裝置的影響小於對有機電致發 光裝置之影響(儘管在幾乎相等之驅動電壓下)的原因在 於在光電轉換裝置之驅動下流動的電流至多為在有機電致 發光裝置之驅動下流動的電流之1/1〇,且甚至當其有機膜 具有一些由雜質所引起之缺陷時,由這些缺陷所造成的電 阻影響也很微小。 流程1 23 201143183t, rLW (III) D33 In the formula (III), Z3 represents any one of A-1 to A-12 in Table 1, L31 represents a minor fluorenyl group, and η represents 0. D31 is any one of B-1 to B-9, and D32 and D33 each represent any of C-1 to C-15. Table 1: (The asterisk (*) shown in each ring in the table indicates the bonding position of each ring) A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6. hair . Office A-7 A-8 A-9 a-ίο A-ll A 0jh A ό 201143183r B-1 B-2 B-3 Β-4 Β-5 Β-6 ·00· CO will οοα •Ολ •CQ ·Λ&gt;· B-7 B-8 Β-9 / / / .0. y / C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 •C0 CO 〇〇〇000 You C- 7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-ll C-12 •C^O 03⁄4 # &gt;8u C-13 C-14 C-15 / /〆03⁄4 * Ό / / / Represented by equation (I) More preferred examples of the photoelectric conversion material are the following combinations of the substituents, the linking groups and the partial structures in the formula (III), but these combinations should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. 201143183. Table 2 Compound Ί, '* / \ \ \ , V · 〆 L31 η d31 D32 D33 1 Α-1 CH 0 B-9 C-1 C-1 2 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C -15 3 Α-3 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 4 Α-4 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 5 Α-5 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 6 Α- 10 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 7 Α-11 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-15 8 Α-6 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 9 Α-7 CH 0 B- 1 C-15 C-15 10 Α-8 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 11 Α-9 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C-15 12 Α-12 CH 0 B-1 C-15 C -15 13 Α-2 CH 0 B-2 C-15 C-15 14 Α-2 CH 0 B-3 C-15 C-15 15 Α-2 CH 0 B-4 C-15 C-15 16 Α- 2 CH 0 B-5 C-15 C-15 17 Α-2 CH 0 B-6 C-15 C-15 18 Α-2 CH 0 B-7 C-15 C-15 19 Α-2 CH 0 B- 8 C-15 C-15 20 Α-2 CH 0 B-1 C-1 C-1 22 Α-2 CH 0 B-1 C-1 C-3 23 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C -4 24 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-5 25 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-15 C-6 26 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-1 C-7 27 Α- 2 CH 0 B-9 C-8 C-8 28 Α-2 CH 0 B-1 C-10 C-10 29 Α-2 CH 0 B-9 C-ll C-ll 30 Α-2 CH 0 B- 9 C-12 C-12 In addition, A-1 to A-12, B-1 to B-9, and C-1 to 21 201143183 C-15 in Table 2 have the same meanings as those shown in Table 1, respectively. The content of impurities in each of these materials is preferably 1 〇, 〇〇〇 _ or less than 10,000 ppm ′ and the lower the better, the higher the purity of the target material, and more specifically, the purity is preferably 99% or more than 99%, more preferably 99 or more than 99.5%. ‘· 〇 As described above, impurities affecting the performance of the photoelectric conversion device vary depending on the structure of the photoelectric conversion material used. However, this does not mean that all the impurities contained in the photoelectric conversion material have the same degree of influence on the performance of the obtained photoelectric conversion device, but the degree of influence of the impurities on the photoelectric conversion device depends on the material structure and the purpose of use of the material (for example, the material is used for Which layer) is different. Examples of the impurities in the photoelectric conversion material for the organic photoelectric conversion film include a raw material, a reagent, a solvent, a reaction intermediate, and various decomposition products derived from a side reaction. When an oxidation reaction occurs as a side reaction, an oxidized compound impurity is formed; when a reduction reaction occurs as a side reaction, a reducing impurity is generated; when a decomposition reaction occurs as a side reaction, a decomposition impurity is generated; and when an isomerization reaction occurs as a side reaction At the time, isomerization impurities are generated. Among these many impurities, it has been found that the oxidizing compound impurities have a particularly large influence on the performance of the photoelectric conversion device. In the case of employing the synthetic route as shown in Scheme 1, the oxidizing compound impurities include oxidizing compounds of the starting materials used and oxidizing compounds of the synthesized products. The less the amount of these oxidized compound impurities, the better the performance achieved. In the present invention, the purity of the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is 96.5% or more, and the content of the oxidized compound impurity is preferably 9,000 ppm or less, as determined by liquid chromatography. 201143183 ppm 'better is 3, 〇〇〇ppm or less than 3 〇〇〇ppjn, more preferably 1 〇〇〇ppm or less than i, 〇〇〇ppm. A photoelectric conversion device that delivers higher efficiency can be manufactured as long as the content of the oxidized compound impurity is within the range specified above. In detail, the content of the oxidized compound impurity is 9, 〇〇〇ppm or less than 9.000 Ppm and the purity of the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is determined by liquid chromatography in the range of 96.5% to 99 9%. The inside is preferable because in these cases, a high-performance photoelectric conversion device can be manufactured and the cost of the purified material can be reduced. The lower limit of the content of the oxidizing compound impurity is 0, and it is preferable to make the content as close as possible to zero. However, for the apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention, the impurity content is not so low. For example, the experimental examples described later show that the device performance is not degraded as long as the total content of the oxidized compound impurities is 9, 〇〇〇 ppm or less than 9.000 ppm. In view of these experimental results, it is presumed that the influence of impurities on the photoelectric conversion device of the present invention is smaller than that on the organic electroluminescence device (although at almost equal driving voltage) because the current flowing under the driving of the photoelectric conversion device is at most The current flowing under the driving of the organic electroluminescence device is 1/1 〇, and even when the organic film has some defects caused by impurities, the influence of the resistance caused by these defects is also small. Process 1 23 201143183t

以下給出流程1之說明。儘管例 料!來合成,但原料i在進行氧化時 反應條件岐,-部分雜fl又轉化為雜up’取 =-部分原料丨進行氧化時,原料i轉化為t面 虽在例示化合物1中發生類似反應時,例示化 ’ J 為雜質3。 °物〗轉{ 本文中所用之術語「氧化化合物雜質」在下文中 氧化化合物雜質之特定結構包括由下式(AI) 結構。當發生複雜反應時,雜質化合物之數量亦 步增加。 吨進~ 24 20114318¾ or2 o&gt;2VL2v w 在式(AI)中’ l21、L22、L23、〇21及n2分別具有與 式⑴中之L!、L2、L3、D〗及n相同的含義,且前者之 實例各自亦與對應於各前者之後者的實例相同。R2表示氫 源子或含有1至3個碳原子之烷基。 氧化化合物雜質之具體結構為例如流程丨中雜質j至 4之結構。待使用之光電轉換材料之結構變化涉及例示化 合物1及原料1與2之結構變化,且產生對應於這些結構 變化之雜質1至4。 用於減少這些氧化化合物雜質之含量的方法之實例 包括多種方法。 當涉及到產生方法時’使用較高純度之反應原料及試 劑更適於減少所得產物中之雜質含量。可藉由昇華精製、 蒸館精製、溶液精製或其類似操作純化待使用之原料,且 原料純度較佳為99%或超過99%。 在準備反應時及反應進程期間,反應容器之内部適宜 保持充滿惰性氣體氛圍。為創造所述條件,適宜在用惰性 氣體置換反應容器内部之氛圍後開始反應操作且在反應進 程中’保持反應容器之内部壓力略高於由使用惰性氣體而 產生之氣壓。藉此可抑制所用原料及反應產物之氧化化合 物雜質的形成。為創造惰性氛圍,較佳使用氮氣或氬氣。 25 201143183 此外,適宜在由金屬膜、金屬板、黑布或其類似物遮蔽光 之條件下進行合成反應,以避免由光引起之副反應,諸如 氧化反應、異構化反應及還原反應。 為減少雜質含量,光電轉換材料適宜在精製製程中純 化。在精製製程中,較佳可使用昇華精製法、溶液精製法 (再結晶、再沈澱或利用吸附劑來純化)及區域熔化法中之 任一者,且採用這些方法之組合更佳。或者,同一方法可 進行超過兩次或更多次。如通常進行之昇華精製可藉由在 惰性氣體氛圍下在1帕或低於丨帕之高真空下於舟皿中加 熱,氣化原料來進行’且更可藉由在調整至較低溫度之收 集區中使氣化材料固化或在一些情況下液化來進行。所用 舟皿為由石英玻璃、Pyrex(商標)玻璃或金屬製得之舟皿。 加熱區之溫度較佳為200ΐ至4〇〇t,且收集區之溫度較佳 比加熱區低20°C至1〇〇。〇。 雖然可使用再結晶法、再沈澱法或利用吸附劑之精製 方法作為溶液精製方法,但自成本角度而言再結晶法及再 沈澱法為較佳。在本說明書中,當所得固體呈結晶狀態時, 將精製方法歸為再結晶法,而當所得固體呈非晶態時,將 其歸為再沈澱法。然而,兩種方法中之操作相同。在這些 方法中,藉由在熱溶劑中溶解,隨後冷卻(更特定言之, 藉由製備在接近沸點之溫度下濃度接近飽和之溶液,在熱 條件下過遽溶液’隨後濾液冷卻至室溫或低於室溫),或藉 由在優良溶劑中溶解,過濾,隨後添加不良溶劑來獲得固 體。此外,可藉由在減壓下選擇性地蒸發優良溶劑至一定 26 201143183 程度且提高不良溶劑之比例 較佳主要在惰性氛圍下進:來比。, 空氣之條件下進行。c U可能在需要時暴露於 利时_之難方法為概 =附=例如則化銘或活性碳)二中質= 的。另ii使用管柱之層析形式達成實現高純度之目 ^ 、濾樣oo/谷液’隨後洗滌濾液之製程。 θ ,為再結晶法或再沈澱法之替代方法亦可適 疋,在加熱回流下攪拌樣品,而樣品不完全溶解。 作為冷液精製方法之一且例外地,亦可採用藉由反應 ,雜質分解之方法。更特定言之,存在以τ情況:可藉: 虽雜質藉由氧化反應產生時設定適於發生縣反應之條件 或=雜質藉由水解產生時設定適於發生縮合反應之條件來 減少雜質。 ,區域熔化法代表矽精製方法,且其亦適用於純化有機 材料。更特定言之,其為在以下製程中消除雜質之方法: 將待純化之材料饋入管狀容器中,在靠近所述容器一端之 區域中熔化材料,隨後將材料之熔化部分移向另一端,藉 此將雜質集中至熔化部分中。 在本發明之各實施例中,各光電轉換裝置較佳在電極 與有機光電轉換層之間具有電荷阻擋層。電荷阻擋層可為 電洞阻擋層與電子阻擋層之任一者。 在本發明之各實施例中,適宜提供電洞阻擋層或電子 27 201143183 阻擔層以抑制暗電流。在為防止電洞自電極注入而提供的 電洞阻擋層中,可使用JP-A-2007-59515中所揭露之電子 輸送材料。此外,JP_A-2007_59515中不僅描述適用於所述 材料之化〇物的結構,亦描述這些化合物之較佳特徵,且 有關其之資訊已公開獲知。 為不阻礙光電轉換層對光之吸收,用於電子阻擋層中 的電子阻擋材料宜在働奈米或低於4⑻奈米之波長下、 較佳為380纟米或低於38〇冑米之波長下呈現其吸收最大 值。只·要材料具有較小吸收常數,即使材料之 ί上述制以外亦無所謂。情紐然如此,則材料之吸收 吊數較佳為5,0〇〇公升/莫耳/公分或低於5,麵公升,莫耳/ 么为,更佳為2,〇〇〇公升/莫耳/公分或低於2 〇〇〇公升/莫耳 /么为。由自光電轉換層輸送信號電荷之必要性而言,需要 電子阻擋材料的氧化電位及Ιρ值低於光電轉換層之材 料。電子阻#材料本身具有的這些值财關規轉換材料 所述的值類似。 關於電子阻擋材料之實例,可使用芳烴化合物或複合 化合物’只要其滿足上文指定之特徵即可。在所述化合物 中,三芳基胺化合物優於其他化合物,且可尤其有利地使 用 Chem. Rev. 2〇〇7, 1〇7, 953 中所述及吓各·7 5^7 中 所揭露之電洞輸送材料。此外,可使用已知之其他材 新穎材料。 這些材料中之雜質含量較佳為1_G PPm或低於 1〇,〇〇〇 PPm,且越低越好。另外,目標材料含量越高實 28 201143183^ 現的效能越佳。目標材料含量較佳為96.7至99.9%,更佳 為 99.5 至 99.9%。 用於電子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料中的雜質之實例 包括原料、反應試劑、溶劑、反應中間物及多種來自副反 應之分解產物。當發生氧化反應作為副反應時,形成氧化 化合物雜質;當發生還原反應作為副反應時,產生還原雜 質;當發生分解反應作為副反應時,產生分解雜質;而當 發生異構化反應作為副反應時,產生異構化雜質。在這些 眾^多雜質中,發現作為反應中間物形成的鹵化物及來源於 反應試劑之重金屬對光電轉換裝置之效能的影響尤其大。 (電子阻擂層) 在電子阻擋層中,可使用供電子有機材料。可用的低 分子供電子材料之實例包括芳族二胺化合物(諸如Ν,ν,_ 雙(3-甲基苯基)-(1,1’-聯笨)_4,4,-二胺(丁卩0)及4,4,-雙 [N-(萘基)-N-笨基-胺基]聯苯(a_NPD))、噁唑、噁二唑、 三唑、咪唑、咪唑啉酮(imdaz〇l〇ne)、二苯乙烯衍生物、 吡唑啉衍生物、四氫咪唑、聚芳基烷烴、丁二烯、4,4,,4,,_ 參(N-(3-甲基苯基)N-苯基胺基)三苯基胺(m_MTDATA;)、 卟啉化合物(諸如卟吩(porphin)、四苯基卟吩銅 '酞菁、 銅耿菁及氧化鈦醜菁)、三唾衍生物、β惡二唾衍生物、咪唾 衍生物、聚^•基院烴衍生物、π比唾琳衍生物、Β比唾琳酮衍 生物、笨一胺衍生物、芳基胺衍生物 '經胺基取代之查耳 酮衍生物、噁唑衍生物、苯乙烯基蒽衍生物、苐酮 (fluorenone)衍生物、腙衍生物及矽氮烷衍生物。且可用 29 201143183 的高分子供電子材料之實例包括伸苯基伸乙烯基聚合物、 蕹聚合物、咔唑聚合物、吲哚聚合物、芘聚合物、吡咯聚 合物、甲吡啶(picoline)聚合物、噻吩聚合物、乙炔聚合 物、一乙炔聚合物及這些聚合物之衍生物。另外,具有足 夠電洞輸送性質之化合物甚至在其不具有供電子性 可用於電子阻擋層。 電子阻擋層之厚度較佳為1G奈米至施奈米 :3〇奈米至150奈米’尤佳為5〇奈米至1〇〇奈米 ^當此層太薄時抑制暗電流之效應會降低,而當此層太 厚時光電轉換效率會降低。 太 至二體=電子阻刪之實例包括分別記為叫 至ΕΒ-5、TPD及讀TDATA之下列材料。 30 201143183 E8-1 : Ea=1.9, lp=4.9 EB-2 : Ea*1.7, lp=4.7A description of the process 1 is given below. Despite the examples! To synthesize, but the reaction conditions of the raw material i are oxidized, and the partial impurity fl is converted into a hetero-up'== part of the raw material 丨 is oxidized, and the raw material i is converted into the t-side, although a similar reaction occurs in the exemplified compound 1. , instantiate 'J is impurity 3. The term "oxidation compound impurity" as used herein hereinafter The specific structure of the oxidized compound impurity includes a structure of the following formula (AI). When a complex reaction occurs, the amount of impurity compounds also increases. Ton~ 24 201143183⁄4 or2 o&gt;2VL2v w In the formula (AI), 'l21, L22, L23, 〇21 and n2 have the same meanings as L!, L2, L3, D and n in the formula (1), respectively, and The examples of the former are also the same as the examples corresponding to the latter. R2 represents a hydrogen source or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The specific structure of the oxidized compound impurity is, for example, the structure of the impurities j to 4 in the scheme. The structural change of the photoelectric conversion material to be used involves the structural changes of the exemplified compound 1 and the raw materials 1 and 2, and the impurities 1 to 4 corresponding to these structural changes are produced. Examples of the method for reducing the content of impurities of these oxidizing compounds include various methods. When it comes to the production process, the use of higher purity reaction materials and reagents is more suitable for reducing the level of impurities in the resulting product. The raw material to be used can be purified by sublimation refining, steaming refining, solution refining or the like, and the purity of the raw material is preferably 99% or more than 99%. The interior of the reaction vessel is suitably kept filled with an inert gas atmosphere during the preparation of the reaction and during the course of the reaction. In order to create the conditions, it is suitable to start the reaction operation after replacing the atmosphere inside the reaction vessel with an inert gas and to keep the internal pressure of the reaction vessel slightly higher than the pressure generated by the use of the inert gas during the reaction. Thereby, formation of oxidized compound impurities of the raw materials used and the reaction products can be suppressed. In order to create an inert atmosphere, it is preferred to use nitrogen or argon. 25 201143183 Further, it is suitable to carry out a synthesis reaction under the condition that light is shielded by a metal film, a metal plate, a black cloth or the like to avoid side reactions caused by light, such as an oxidation reaction, an isomerization reaction, and a reduction reaction. In order to reduce the impurity content, the photoelectric conversion material is suitably purified in a refining process. In the refining process, it is preferred to use either a sublimation refining method, a solution refining method (recrystallization, reprecipitation or purification using an adsorbent) or a zone melting method, and a combination of these methods is more preferable. Alternatively, the same method can be performed more than two or more times. Sublimation refining, as usual, can be carried out by heating the material in a boat under a high vacuum of 1 Pa or below under a high vacuum atmosphere, and can be adjusted by adjusting to a lower temperature. The gasification material is solidified in the collection zone or liquefied in some cases. The boat used was a boat made of quartz glass, Pyrex (trademark) glass or metal. The temperature of the heating zone is preferably from 200 Torr to 4 Torr, and the temperature of the collection zone is preferably from 20 ° C to 1 Torr lower than the heating zone. Hey. Although a recrystallization method, a reprecipitation method, or a purification method using an adsorbent can be used as the solution refining method, the recrystallization method and the reprecipitation method are preferable from the viewpoint of cost. In the present specification, when the obtained solid is in a crystalline state, the purification method is classified into a recrystallization method, and when the obtained solid is in an amorphous state, it is classified into a reprecipitation method. However, the operations in both methods are the same. In these methods, by dissolving in a hot solvent, followed by cooling (more specifically, by preparing a solution having a concentration close to saturation at a temperature close to the boiling point, the solution is passed under hot conditions] and then the filtrate is cooled to room temperature. Or below room temperature, or by dissolving in a good solvent, filtering, followed by the addition of a poor solvent to obtain a solid. In addition, it is preferable to selectively evaporate the excellent solvent under a reduced pressure to a certain degree of 26 201143183 and to increase the ratio of the poor solvent, preferably in an inert atmosphere. , carried out under air conditions. c U may be exposed to the time when it is needed. The difficult method is as follows: = = for example, the chemical or activated carbon). Separately, the chromatographic form of the column is used to achieve a process for achieving high purity, filter oo/gluten, and subsequent washing of the filtrate. θ is an alternative to the recrystallization or reprecipitation method. The sample is stirred under heating and reflux, and the sample is not completely dissolved. As one of the methods of refining the cold liquid, and exceptionally, a method of decomposing impurities by reaction can also be employed. More specifically, there is a case of τ: it is possible to reduce impurities by setting conditions suitable for occurrence of a county reaction when an impurity is generated by an oxidation reaction or by setting a condition suitable for a condensation reaction when the impurity is generated by hydrolysis. The zone melting method represents a hydrazine refining process, and it is also suitable for purifying organic materials. More specifically, it is a method of eliminating impurities in the following processes: feeding the material to be purified into a tubular container, melting the material in an area near one end of the container, and then moving the melted portion of the material to the other end, Thereby, impurities are concentrated into the melted portion. In each of the embodiments of the present invention, each of the photoelectric conversion devices preferably has a charge blocking layer between the electrode and the organic photoelectric conversion layer. The charge blocking layer can be any of a hole blocking layer and an electron blocking layer. In various embodiments of the invention, a hole blocking layer or an electron 27 201143183 resist layer is suitably provided to suppress dark current. In the hole blocking layer provided for preventing the hole from being injected into the electrode, the electron transporting material disclosed in JP-A-2007-59515 can be used. Further, JP-A-2007-59515 describes not only the structure of the chemical suitable for the material, but also the preferred characteristics of these compounds, and information on the same is disclosed. In order not to hinder the absorption of light by the photoelectric conversion layer, the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is preferably at a wavelength of 働 nanometer or less than 4 (8) nm, preferably 380 纟m or less. It exhibits its absorption maximum at the wavelength. Only the material has a small absorption constant, and it does not matter even if the material is made above. If this is the case, then the absorption number of the material is preferably 5,0 liters/mole/cm or less, 5 liters, mur / gram, more preferably 2, liters liters/mo Ears/cm or less than 2 liters/mole/much. In view of the necessity of transporting signal charges from the photoelectric conversion layer, it is required that the oxidation potential and the Ιρ value of the electron blocking material are lower than those of the photoelectric conversion layer. The electronic resistance # material itself has similar values as described in the fiscal conversion material. As an example of the electron blocking material, an aromatic hydrocarbon compound or a composite compound can be used as long as it satisfies the characteristics specified above. Among the compounds, the triarylamine compound is superior to the other compounds, and can be used particularly advantageously as disclosed in Chem. Rev. 2〇〇7, 1〇7, 953 and scarely 7 5^7 The hole transport material. In addition, other materials known as novel materials can be used. The content of impurities in these materials is preferably 1_G PPm or less than 1 〇, 〇〇〇 PPm, and the lower the better. In addition, the higher the target material content, the better the performance. The target material content is preferably from 96.7 to 99.9%, more preferably from 99.5 to 99.9%. Examples of the impurities in the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer include a starting material, a reagent, a solvent, a reaction intermediate, and various decomposition products derived from the side reaction. When an oxidation reaction occurs as a side reaction, an oxidized compound impurity is formed; when a reduction reaction occurs as a side reaction, a reducing impurity is generated; when a decomposition reaction occurs as a side reaction, a decomposition impurity is generated; and when an isomerization reaction occurs as a side reaction At the time, isomerization impurities are generated. Among these impurities, it has been found that a halide formed as a reaction intermediate and a heavy metal derived from a reaction reagent have a particularly large influence on the performance of the photoelectric conversion device. (Electronic barrier layer) In the electron blocking layer, an electron donating organic material can be used. Examples of useful low molecular electron donating materials include aromatic diamine compounds (such as hydrazine, ν, bis(3-methylphenyl)-(1,1'-linked stupid) _4,4,-diamine (butyl)卩0) and 4,4,-bis[N-(naphthyl)-N-phenyl-amino]biphenyl (a-NPD)), oxazole, oxadiazole, triazole, imidazole, imidazolinone (imdaz 〇l〇ne), stilbene derivative, pyrazoline derivative, tetrahydroimidazole, polyarylalkane, butadiene, 4,4,,4,,_ gin (N-(3-methylbenzene) N-phenylamino)triphenylamine (m_MTDATA;), porphyrin compound (such as porphin, tetraphenylporphin copper phthalocyanine, copper phthalocyanine and titanium oxide ugly), three Saliva derivatives, β-causal derivatives, sodium saliva derivatives, polyalkylene hydrocarbon derivatives, π-saliva derivatives, indolizin derivatives, stupid amine derivatives, arylamine derivatives A chalcone derivative, an oxazole derivative, a styrylpurine derivative, a fluorenone derivative, an anthracene derivative, and a decazane derivative substituted with an amine group. And examples of the polymer electron-donating materials of 29 201143183 include phenyl-terminated vinyl polymers, fluorene polymers, carbazole polymers, fluorene polymers, fluorene polymers, pyrrole polymers, picoline polymers. , thiophene polymers, acetylene polymers, monoacetylene polymers and derivatives of these polymers. In addition, a compound having sufficient hole transport properties can be used for the electron blocking layer even if it does not have electron donating properties. The thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably from 1 G nm to Schneider: 3 〇 nanometer to 150 nm. Especially preferably 5 〇 nanometer to 1 〇〇 nanometer. When the layer is too thin, the effect of suppressing dark current is suppressed. It will decrease, and when this layer is too thick, the photoelectric conversion efficiency will decrease. Examples of the too-to-two-body = electron-blocking include the following materials, which are referred to as ΕΒ-5, TPD, and TDATA, respectively. 30 201143183 E8-1 : Ea=1.9, lp=4.9 EB-2 : Ea*1.7, lp=4.7

對實際可用於電子阻擋層中之材料的選擇受靠近電 子阻擋層之電極材料及靠近電子阻擂層之光電轉換層材料 31 201143183 的限制。適用於電子阻擋層之材 靠近電子阻擋層之雷歸—a ‘、、、電子親和力(E )比 子伙拉日、=電材4的功函數(Wf)大至少電 電轉換層材料的材料。 λ謂子阻漏之光 (鹵化物雜質) 於Q ί^η子阻擋層中齒化物雜質含量較佳為9,_ ppm或低 二她断人PPm尤佳為4,_ _或低於4,_ PPm。齒化 ” 3量的下限為〇,且較佳使含量儘可能接近〇。詳言 之,齒化物雜質含量為9,_卿或低於9,_靜且用 ,形成有機光電轉歸之材料賴度崎相層析法所測定 為96.5,至99.9%的情況為較佳,這是由於在這些情況下, 可製造高效能光電馳裝置且純化材料之成本可降低。 鹵化物中之卣素視所用原料而定,且自化物之實例包 括氟化物、氣化物、演化物、破化物及全氟絲績酸醋。 自合成產率之角度來看,通常選擇溴化物或碘化物作為原 料。當欲作為反應產物之化合物為芳基胺時,作為原料之 鹵化物為芳基豳化物。以如下流程2之情況為實例來說 明。在此情況下,稱作鹵化物之化合物為作為原料之4 4,_ 一&gt;臭聯苯及描述為反應中間物之化合物。且反應中間物可 進一步發生還原反應並由此轉化為其氫化物。 流程2 32 201143183^The choice of materials that are practically usable in the electron blocking layer is limited by the electrode material adjacent to the electron blocking layer and the photoelectric conversion layer material 31 201143183 near the electronic barrier layer. The material suitable for the electron blocking layer is close to the electron blocking layer - a ‘, ,, the electron affinity (E) ratio, the work function (Wf) of the electric material 4, and at least the material of the electric conversion layer material. λ pre-blocking light (halide impurity) The content of the toothed impurity in the Q ^ η sub-blocking layer is preferably 9, _ ppm or low. The second part of the PPm is preferably 4, _ _ or lower than 4 , _ PPm. The lower limit of the amount of the toothing is 〇, and it is preferable to make the content as close as possible to 〇. In detail, the impurity content of the toothing is 9, qing or less than 9, and is used statically to form an organic photoelectric conversion material. It is preferable to determine the ratio of 96.5 to 99.9% by the Latitude phase chromatography, because in these cases, a high-efficiency photo-electrical device can be manufactured and the cost of the purified material can be reduced. Depending on the raw materials used, examples of the self-chemicals include fluorides, vapors, evolutions, broken compounds, and perfluoric acid vinegar. From the viewpoint of synthetic yield, bromide or iodide is usually selected as a raw material. When the compound to be used as the reaction product is an arylamine, the halide as a raw material is an aryl telluride. The case of the following Scheme 2 is taken as an example. In this case, a compound called a halide is used as a raw material. 4 4, _ a odorous biphenyl and a compound described as a reaction intermediate, and the reaction intermediate may further undergo a reduction reaction and thereby be converted into its hydride. Scheme 2 32 201143183^

在分別使用EB_1至EB-5、TPD及m-MTDATA作為 電子阻擋材料之情況下的函化物雜質在下文中說明,但本 發明之雜質不應視為限於以下雜質。 33 201143183 表3 電子阻擋材料 鹵化物雜質 ΕΒ-1 ΕΒ-2 Λ ^ ^ An、 ΕΒ-3 er-€HD-Br °§^-ΒΓ ΕΒ-4 ΕΒ-5 δ CaHs’ 34 201143183 表3 (續)The functional impurities in the case where EB_1 to EB-5, TPD and m-MTDATA are respectively used as the electron blocking materials are explained below, but the impurities of the present invention should not be construed as being limited to the following impurities. 33 201143183 Table 3 Electron Blocking Material Halide Impurity ΕΒ-1 ΕΒ-2 Λ ^ ^ An, ΕΒ-3 er-€HD-Br °§^-ΒΓ ΕΒ-4 ΕΒ-5 δ CaHs' 34 201143183 Table 3 (Continued )

齒化物雜質因此為由下式(AII)表示之化合物。 ^32The toothed impurity is thus a compound represented by the following formula (AII). ^32

在式(All)中,^1、]132及]133各自表示含有6至3〇 個碳原子之絲或含有4至3〇個碳原子之㈣基且 R32及尺33中之至少一者具有齒素取代基。In the formula (All), ^1, ]132 and ]133 each represent a filament having 6 to 3 carbon atoms or a (tetra) group having 4 to 3 carbon atoms and at least one of R32 and 33 has A dentate substituent.

Rh、R32及各自獨立地表示之芳基較佳為含有6 至18個碳原子之芳基。芳基可具有取代基,且其較佳為含 有6至18個碳原子之芳基,且可具有以下基團作 基:含有1至4個碳原子之烷基(諸如甲基、乙基:正丙 基、異丙基、第三丁基或正丁基)、含有6至18個碳原子 35 201143183 之芳基(諸如苯基或萘基)或含有4至18個碳原子之雜芳 基(諸如9H-9-氮雜-三環苯並[a,c,e]環庚烯)。由R31、R32 及尺33各自表示之含有6至30個碳原子之芳基的實例包括 苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基及苐基。在這些基團中,苯基優 於其他基團。適用於所述芳基之取代基之實例包括9H-9-氮雜-三環苯並[a,c,e]環庚烯、甲基及乙基。 由Rm也32及R33各自表示之含有4至30個碳原子之 雜芳基的實例包括&quot;比嗪基、嘧啶基、噠嗪基、三嗪基、喹 琳基、喧。若咐基、嗜琳基(Cinn〇Hnyl gr〇Up)、異啥琳基、 喋啶基、吖啶基、啡嗪基、啡啉基、四唑基、吼唑基、咪 唑基、噻唑基、噁唑基、吲唑基、苯並咪唑基、苯並三唑 基、苯並噁唑基、苯並噻唑基及胺曱醯基。 hi、R32及R33可彼此相同或不同,且其中任何相鄰 兩者可彼此組合形成芳環或雜芳環。 藉由組合RS1、R32及R33中任何相鄰兩者所形成之芳 環之^例包括並苯(acene),諸如苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲 環、芘環及並四苯(naphthacene)環。 —藉由組合、R32及R33中任何相鄰兩者所形成之 芳環之實例包括噻吩環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻唑環、二 環H環及這些環之苯铜合衍生物。如上所述之取代 ^-者可進-步具以-取代基。在含氮雜環藉由組 3i R*32及R33中之任何相鄰兩者而形成之情況下的 構之實例包括啊環、9算二氫代(㈣㈣環、 環、啡料環、十塞俩及這魏之笨稠合衍生物。 36 201143183 取代至r31、r32及R. 3!、尺32及R„中之鹵素原子為氟尸,Rh, R32 and the aryl group each independently represented are preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent, and it is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and may have a group as a group: an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (such as a methyl group or an ethyl group: N-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl or n-butyl), an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms 35 201143183 (such as phenyl or naphthyl) or a heteroaryl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms (such as 9H-9-aza-tricyclic benzo[a,c,e]cycloheptene). Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms represented by each of R31, R32 and the ruler 33 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a phenanthryl group and an anthracenyl group. Among these groups, a phenyl group is superior to other groups. Examples of the substituent suitable for the aryl group include 9H-9-aza-tricyclic benzo[a,c,e]cycloheptene, a methyl group and an ethyl group. Examples of the heteroaryl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms represented by each of Rm and 32 and R33 include &quot;pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, quinalyl, anthracene. If fluorenyl, Cinn〇Hnyl gr〇Up, isoindolyl, acridinyl, acridine, cyanozinyl, morpholinyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl , oxazolyl, oxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl and aminoxime. Hi, R32 and R33 may be the same or different from each other, and any adjacent one of them may be combined with each other to form an aromatic ring or a heteroaryl ring. Examples of aromatic rings formed by combining any two of RS1, R32 and R33 include acenes such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, anthracene rings, phenanthrene rings, anthracene rings and naphthacene. )ring. Examples of the aromatic ring formed by combining any of R32 and R33 include a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiazole ring, a bicyclic H ring, and a phenyl copper derivative of these rings. Substituting ^- as described above may be carried out with a substituent. Examples of the configuration in the case where the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is formed by any adjacent two of the groups 3i R*32 and R33 include an acyclic ring, a 9-dihydro ((tetra) (tetra) ring, a ring, a ring of phenol, and ten Seychelles and this confusing derivative of Wei. 36 201143183 The halogen atom replaced by r31, r32 and R. 3!, ruler 32 and R„ is a fluorine cadaver.

基數目較佳為1或2。 子、溴原子或碘原子,較佳為溴原子或碘原子The number of bases is preferably 1 or 2. a bromine atom or an iodine atom, preferably a bromine atom or an iodine atom

f合成所欲材料需要重金屬催化劑時,材料之重 雜質3量較佳為4,0〇〇ppm或低於4,〇〇〇ppm,更 或低於!,〇〇〇 ppm。自產率角度而言,重金屬催化 較佳為銅催化賴絲蝴。當使關财 雜質因此包括銅、氧化銅(1)、氧化銅(11)及銅鹽 銅、氯化銅、溴化銅及碘化銅&gt; 當使用鈀催化劑時,= ^雜質因此包括把、氧化峰)及如聰(諸如乙酸纪、 石,酸叙、氣她、漠化把及峨化把)。當把用作催化劑時, 三烷基膦或三芳基膦用作活化催化劑之配位體。由這些配 位體與_)形成之錯合物亦包括在雜質之㈣中。用&amp;形 成有機光電轉換層之材料的重金屬催化劑含量為4,⑻〇 PPm或低於4,〇〇〇 ppm且純度以液相層析法所測定為 96.5/。至99·9%的特定情況為較佳,這是因為在這些情況 下,可製造高效能光電轉換裝置且除此之外,純化&amp;料之 成本可降低。 亦宜對電子阻擋材料加以純化,且其純化細節類似於 37 201143183 關於純化光電轉換材料之情況的細節。 存在水及溶_包含於光電轉換材料錢電子阻擋 材料中的情況。溶劑為用於反應及精製製程中之溶劑。所 述溶劑之實例包括醇類化合物(諸如甲醇、乙醇及丙醇)、 乙腈、丙酮、乙酸乙醋、甲苯、二曱苯、己烧、n,n-二甲 基曱酿胺N,N_—乙基乙胺、曱基。叫咬明及乙謎。 較,在精製製程完成之前藉械流乾燥、賴乾燥、加熱 乾燥或其類似操作移除這些雜質。 … 為避免在儲存期間雜質增加,較佳在惰性氣體氛圍下 在遮光情況下贿光電轉騎似及電子喊材料。至於 溫度,室溫沒有問題,但較低溫度為較佳。 (電洞阻擋層) 在電洞阻擔層中,可使用受電子有機材料。可用作受 電子材料之化合物之實例包㈣二唾衍錄,諸如13雙 (4-第三丁基苯基鳴二唾基)伸笨基(〇xd 7)、葱醌 二曱烧衍生物、二苯基睛生物、浴銅靈(bath()eupn)ine )、 紅菲咯琳(bathophenanthroline )及其衍生物、三唆化合物、 參(8_經基料根基)減合物、雙德基)铭錯 合物、二苯乙烯伸芳基衍生物及雜環戊二雜合物。另 外,可使用具有足夠電子輸送性質之材料,儘管其並非受 電子有機材料4例而言,。卜魏合物、苯乙縣化合物 (諸如DMC( 4-二氰基亞曱基|甲基·6·⑷二曱基胺基苯乙 稀基)-4Η-派嚼))及4Η-派味化合物。 更特疋s之’較佳使用如例如在爪八_2〇〇8_72〇9〇中 38 201143183f When the desired material is required to be a heavy metal catalyst, the amount of heavy impurities of the material is preferably 4,0 〇〇 ppm or less, 〇〇〇ppm, or lower! , 〇〇〇 ppm. From the viewpoint of productivity, heavy metal catalysis is preferably copper catalyzed lysine. When the impurities are contained, copper, copper (1), copper (11) and copper salts, copper chloride, copper bromide and copper iodide are used. When a palladium catalyst is used, the impurities are included. , oxidation peak) and Rugao (such as acetic acid, stone, acid, gas, her, desertification and deuteration). When used as a catalyst, a trialkylphosphine or a triarylphosphine is used as a ligand for the activation catalyst. The complex formed by these ligands with _) is also included in (4) of the impurities. The material of the organic photoelectric conversion layer formed by & had a heavy metal catalyst content of 4, (8) 〇 PPm or less, 〇〇〇 ppm and purity as determined by liquid chromatography to be 96.5/. A specific case of 99.9% is preferable because in these cases, a high-performance photoelectric conversion device can be manufactured and in addition, the cost of purification &amp; The electron blocking material should also be purified, and the purification details are similar to those of 37 201143183 regarding the purification of the photoelectric conversion material. There is a case where water and a solvent are contained in the photoelectric conversion material of the photoelectric conversion material. The solvent is a solvent used in the reaction and purification process. Examples of the solvent include alcohol compounds (such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol), acetonitrile, acetone, ethyl acetate, toluene, diphenylbenzene, hexane, n, n-dimethylamine N, N_- Ethylethylamine, sulfhydryl. Called the bite and the mystery. These impurities are removed by mechanical drying, drying, heat drying or the like before the completion of the refining process. ... In order to avoid the increase of impurities during storage, it is better to use the inert gas atmosphere in the case of shading. As for the temperature, there is no problem with the room temperature, but a lower temperature is preferred. (Curtain barrier layer) In the hole barrier layer, an electron-accepting organic material can be used. An example package of a compound that can be used as an electron-accepting material (IV) diphtheria, such as 13 bis(4-t-butylphenyl- succinyl)-extension base (〇xd 7), onion bismuth derivative , diphenyl eye organism, bath copper (bath () eupn)ine), red phenophyllin (bathophenanthroline) and its derivatives, triterpenoids, ginseng (8_ via base) ablation, double German A complex compound, a stilbene extended aryl derivative, and a heterocyclic pentane hybrid. In addition, materials having sufficient electron transport properties may be used, although they are not subjected to electronic organic materials in 4 cases. Buwei compound, phenethyl compound (such as DMC (4-dicyanodecyl)|methyl·6·(4) didecylaminophenyl)-4-anthracene) and 4Η-scent Compound. The preferred use of 'special s' is as for example in the claw eight _2 〇〇 8_72 〇 9 38 38 201143183

r I 所揭露之下列化合物。HB-l至HB-5中之「HB」為電洞 阻擋之縮寫。 : Ea=3.5, lp=62The following compounds disclosed by r I. "HB" in HB-l to HB-5 is an abbreviation for hole blocking. : Ea=3.5, lp=62

HB*2 : Ea=3.3·丨p=6.0 HB-3: Ea=3.7, lp»7.2HB*2 : Ea=3.3·丨p=6.0 HB-3: Ea=3.7, lp»7.2

Ηβ·&lt;: Ea*3.6· Ιρ*7.β HB-5: Ea=3.6, lp=7.6 BCP : Eas32, Ιρββ.7Ηβ·&lt;: Ea*3.6· Ιρ*7.β HB-5: Ea=3.6, lp=7.6 BCP : Eas32, Ιρββ.7

為較ί ==: I光電轉換層中含有芙之材祠 笨兔餘】樣對 &amp;,其中混合之雜質減少之高純声 #(/紐度較佳為&quot;%或超過99%,更料99 ^ 在°6°笑之情況下,包含於3= 實例包括非C6。之同素異形體 夫?之雜質之 氧化 解,阻擋層二中 作用作。雖虹文提及之藉由 39 201143183 阻擔層之形成還具有藉由「控制自電 荷::: 暗電流之另一作用。 电饤」來我弱 在控制自電極注入電荷上,重I β &gt; ===壁且使電荷阻推層便 在阻擋層下面之層(光電轉換層)接觸。 前者為提供能量障壁以對抗注入之 =構之角度出發的方法,從而防止電極材料= =細小缺陷中且與光電轉換層接觸,從而形成漏點^ 派=======-能可指 可經調整以使能#障壁不同於電 電極之構成層 止出現漏點。有如輪魏質及均,從而可防 藉由利用包括無機材料之無 ::何阻擋層及包括有機材料之有== 阻擋層’可更顯著地抑制 / 提供的電何 電荷讀出之抑制。在圖i中,舉矛',之外’可避免信號 第-層103“旨派為無機材料層,且而吕,電極104之侧的 機材料層。 且第一層l〇3b指派為有 較佳可使用 Si、Mo、Ce、Li、Hf、Ta、Ai、Ti、zn、 201143183. W及Zr中之任—者作為形成無機材料層之無機材料 2用氧化物料無機㈣’且詳言之SiC&gt;適合作為此氧 為防止自電極注入電荷,無機材料層需要具有使游 能^與相鄰電極功函數之間產生能量障壁的游離能,且此 〃有較大Ip然而,當無機材料層單獨構成電荷阻擋 層時’層厚度之減小會使電極與光電轉換層之間產生^ =不能充分防止注入’而層厚度之增加會削弱電荷輸 送性質且使信號電荷難以讀出。 除無機材料層之外,在無機材料層下面提供 層因此變得健要。錢材㈣較佳林 所產生之信號電荷的電荷輪送性質,而t 且其中所用有機材料較佳為引起來源於 材枓中之暗電流的載子減少之材料。 藉由提供所述有機材料層,可使電荷阻擒層均質及變 厚,而來源於電荷阻制中之暗電流未増強 =電r將這些作用與無機材料層之作用聯合, 接著,參考圖絲說雜據本發w實蝴之裝置的 結構。 圖1為關於本發明之第-實施例的光電轉換裝置之剖 面不意圖。根據此實施例之光電轉換裝置100經㈣以使 得光電轉換層102堆疊於第一電極膜101上,: ⑽堆_光_奐層上’且第二電極膜二進:步 201143183 堆疊於電荷阻擋層103上。 裝置可經設計以允許光自第一電極膜1〇1之侧入射, 或其可經設計以允許光自第二電極膜1G4之側人射。在光 自第一電極膜104之側入射的情況下,第二電極膜為 上電極’且下電極101堆疊於圖中未繪出之基板上。在本 發明之實施财’電雜擋層1G3具有由第—電荷阻擔層 l〇3a與第二電荷阻擋層1〇3b組成之雙層結構。 因為需要使入射光進入光電轉換層1〇2,所以上電極 104適宜由而度透明之材料形成。關於高度透明之電極, 給出透明導電氧化物(則)作為其實例。㈣,下電極 1〇1較佳由高度透明之材料形成,這是因為可能存在如在 下文所提及之成像裝置結構中所見的需要光在向下方向上 傳播之情況。 電荷阻擋層103為當在電極1〇1與104之間施加電壓 時抑制電荷自電極104向光電轉換層102中轉移的層。當 電荷阻擋層103具有單層結構時,在構成電荷阻擋層1〇3 之材料本身中存在中間能階(諸如雜質能階),且經由這些 中間能階發生電荷(電子、電洞)轉移,從而導致暗電&amp; 增強。為防止出現此現象,此實施例中之電荷阻擋層1〇3 經設計以具有雙層結構,而非單層結構。 藉由在構成電荷阻擋層103之第一層i03a與第二層 103b之間建立界面’使存在於層及i〇3b之每一者中 的中間能階產生不連續性,由此使得載子難以經由中間能 階或其類似物移動。因此認為可控制暗電流。然而,當層 42 201143183 l〇3a及層i〇3b由相同材料形成時,可能出現存在於層施 中之中間能與存在於層1G3b巾之巾間能階完全一樣的 情況。為進—步增強暗電流控制侧,分別形成層 103a 與103b之材料宜彼此不同。 雖然圖1中說明在光電轉換層1〇2與上電極1〇4之間 提供電荷阻擋層之情況’但亦可在光電轉換層1G2與下電 ,ιοί之間提供另—電雜騎H _電荷阻播層設 计成電子阻擋層且另-者設計成電洞阻擋層。如關於電荷 阻擋層之說明中,電子阻擋層與電洞阻擋層每一者均宜採 ,雙層結構。或者,各層亦宜採用包括三層或超過三層之 多層結構且形成多個層之材料彼此不同。 圖2為顯示關於本發明之第二實施例的成像裝置之單 像素部分的剖面示意圖,且圖3為圖2中 中 剖面示意圖。成像裝置2。。為在同一 4:::= 之裝置’各像素展示於圖2中,以陣列形式排列,且自每 個別像素發出之信號可產生影像資料之單像素資料。 圖2中展示之成像裝置之一像素装備有n型矽基板 1、形成於η财基板1上之透明絕緣膜7、形成於絕緣膜 7上之以下光電轉換區、提供於光電轉換區上且具有一孔 之遮光模14及層壓於遮光膜14上之透明絕緣膜μ。 光電轉換區由第-電極膜1卜形成於第一電極膜u 上之中間層12及形成於中間層12上之第二電極膜13構 成。藉由將具有孔之遮光膜14層壓於光電轉換區上,對中 間層12之光接收區加以限制。在此光電轉換區中,可採用 43 201143183 圖1中所說明之光電轉崎置之結構。 如圖3中所示之中間層12經組態,使 阻擋層122、光電轉換層19 _層兼冤千 以所接mils&amp;格* I 23及電洞阻擋層兼緩衝層124 以所提及之順序堆叠於第—電極膜u上 ^電洞阻擋層兼緩衝層124各自具有如上所提及^多層層結 膜組構,料有具錢應自第二電極 的㈣之光而產生電荷(包括電子及電洞) 、‘質,且另外’使電子遷移率小於電洞,且除此之外, 使第二電極膜13附近產生之電子及電洞數目多於第一電 極膜11附近。具有所雜f之光f轉換㈣之代表性實例 包括有機材料。在圖2所示之結構中,使用響應綠光吸收 而產生電子及電洞之材料。因為光電轉換層123可為所有 共享,所以其可為單片形式之膜,且不必基於像素來 光電轉換層123較佳可藉由組合使用如上所述之材料 來建構。當非以上所述之有機材料納入光電轉換層123之 構成材料中時’宜至少包括有機p型半導體或有機η型半 導體。喹吖啶酮衍生物、萘衍生物、蒽衍生物、菲衍生物、 並四笨(tetracene)衍生物、茈衍生物及丙二烯合荞衍生 物中之任一者尤其宜用作有機p型半導體及有機η型半導 體之每一者。 有機Ρ型半導體(化合物)為具有供體特性之有機半 導體(化合物)’且是指具有容易供電子之性質的有機化合 201143183 物’主要以電洞輸送有機化合物為代表。更特定言之,當 兩種有機材料以彼此接觸之狀態使用時,具有供體特性之 有機化合物是指游離電位低於另一者之有機化合物。因 此’任何有機化合物只要具有供電子性質均可用作具有供 體特性之有機化合物。可用作具有供電子性質之有機化合 物的有機化合物之實例包括三芳基胺化合物、聯苯胺 (benzidine)化合物、吡唑啉化合物、苯乙烯基胺化合物、 腙化合物、三苯甲烧化合物、味σ坐化合物、聚石夕院化合物、 β塞吩化合物、敌菁化合物、花青化合物、部花青化合物、 氧(oxonol)化合物、多元胺化合物、,π朵化合物、〇比 咯化合物、咣唑化合物、聚伸芳基化合物、稠合芳族碳環 化合物(諸如萘衍生物、蒽衍生物、菲衍生物、並四苯衍 生物、芘衍生物、茈衍生物及丙二烯合苐衍生物)及配位 體為含氮雜環化合物之金屬錯合物。然而,可用作具有供 電子性質之有機化合物的有機化合物不限於上文列舉之化 合物,而是如上所提及,只要有機化合物之游離電位低於 用作η型化合物(具有受體特性)之有機化合物,其就可 用作具有供體特性之有機半導體。 有機η型半導體(化合物)為具有受體特性之有機半 導體(化合物)’且是指具有容易接受電子之性質的有機化 合物,主要以電子輸送有機化合物為代表。更特定言之, 當兩種有機材料以彼此接觸之狀態使用時,具有受體特性 之有機化合物是指電子親和力高於另一者之有機化合物。 因此,任何有機化合物只要具有接受電子之性質均可用作 45 201143183 具有受體特性之有機化合物。可用作具有受電子性質之有 機化合物的有機化合物之實例包括稠合芳族碳環化合物 (諸如萘衍生物、蒽衍生物、菲衍生物、並四苯衍生物、祐 衍生物、茈衍生物及丙二烯合第衍生物)、含氣、氧或/及 硫之5至7員雜ί衣化合物(诸如β比咬、D比嘻、吨。定、缝唤、 三嗪、喹啉、喹喏啉、喹唑啉、酞嗪、噌啉、異喹啉、喋 啶、吖啶、啡嗪、啡啉、四唑、吡唑、咪唑、噻唑、噁唑、 吲唑、苯並咪唑、苯並三唑、苯並噁唑、苯並噻唑、^唑、 嗓呤、三嗤並嗓嗓、三嗤並嘧咬、四氮雜茚(tetrazaindene)、 噁二唑、咪唑並吡啶、吡咯啶(pyralidine)、吡咯並吡啶、 嗔一°坐並°比咬、二苯並氮呼(dibenzazepine)及三苯並氮 呼)、聚伸芳基化合物、第化合物、環戊二烯化合物、石夕烷 基化合物及配位體為含氮雜環化合物之金屬錯合物。然 而,可用作具有受電子性質之有機化合物的有機化合物不 限於上文列舉之化合物,而是如上所提及,只要有機化合 物之電子親和力高於用作具有供體特性之有機化合物的有 機化合物,其就可用作具有受體特性之有機半導體。 亦可使用η型有機染料或p型有機染料。雖然任何染 料均可用作所述染料,但較佳染料之實例包括花青染料、 本乙稀基染料、半花青(hemicyanine)染料、部花青染料 (包括零-次曱基部花青(簡單部花青))、三核部花青染料、 四核部花青染料、若花青(rh〇dacyanine )染料、複合花青 染料、複合部花青染料、變極(all〇p〇lar)染料、氧β若染 料、半氧°若染料、方酸(squarylium )染料、克酮酸 46 201143183 (croconium)染料、氮次甲基(azamethine)染料、香豆素 染料、亞芳基染料、蒽醌染料、三苯曱烷染料、偶氮染料、 次甲基偶氮(azomethine )染料、螺化合物、茂金屬 (metallocene)染料、第酮染料、俘精酸針(fulgide)染料、 茈染料、啡嗪染料、啡噻嗪染料、醌染料、靛類染料、二 苯甲烷染料、多烯染料、吖啶染料、吖啶酮染料、二苯胺 染料、喹吖啶酮染料、喹酞酮染料、啡噁嗪染料、鄰苯二 甲醯茈(phthaloperylene )染料、卟琳染料、葉綠素染料、 酞菁染料、金屬錯合物染料及稠合芳族碳環系列染料(諸 如萘衍生物、蒽衍生物、菲衍生物、並四苯衍生物、花衍 生物、茈衍生物及丙二烯合苐衍生物)。 隹丰發明之一貫施例中,肀間層12具有p型半導體 層及η型半導體層,且較佳情況為,p型半導體或n型半 導體之至少一者為有機半導體,且此外,具有併有ρ型半 導體及η型半導體之本體異質接合結構的光電轉換層夾在 這些半導體層之間。在此情況中,本體異質接合結構併入 中間層12中,且藉此可彌補光電轉換層123之載子擴散長 度較紐之缺陷,以便提高光電轉換層123之光電轉換效率。 另外,中間層12中所包括之光電轉換層具有ρ型半 =體層及η型半導體層’較佳為(本體異質接合結構之) 此口與分散層。此處,在ρ型半導體或η型半導體之至少 :者中含有定向控财機化合物之情況為難,且 有型ί導體之每—者中含有定向控制(可控制) 。物之情況為更佳。較佳具有π·共輕電子之化合物 47 201143183 用作所述有機化合物。且這些π-電子之平面較佳不垂直於 基板(電極基板)定向。至於平面之定向角度,越平行於 基板越好。更特定言之,π-電子平面與基板形成之角度較 佳為〇。至80。,更佳為0。至60。,更佳為〇。至4〇。,更佳為 0°至20。,尤佳為〇。至10。,最佳為0。(亦即平行於基板 定向控制有機化合物層宜包含於整個中間層12之甚至一 部分中,且更特定言之,定向控制有機化合物部分佔整個 中間層12之比例較佳為10%或超過10%,更佳為3〇%或 超過30% ’更佳為50%或超過50%,更佳為7〇%或超過 7〇%,尤佳為90%或超過90%,最佳為ι〇0%β藉由控制中 間層12 t所含的有機化合物之定向以滿足上述條件,可彌 補光電轉換層之載子擴散長度較短之缺陷,以便提高光電 轉換層之光電轉換效率。 在控制有機化合物定向之情況中,異質接面(例如pn 接面)不平行於基板(電極基板)之情況為更佳。異質接 面之疋向角度不平行於基板,而是越垂直於基板越好。更 特疋s之’異質接面與基板形成之角度較佳為1〇。至9〇。, 更佳為30。至90。’更佳為50。至90。,更佳為70。至90。, 尤佳為80。至90。,最佳為90。(亦即垂直於基板;^在異質 接面控制下的有機化合物層宜包含於整個中間層12之甚 至一部分中’且更特定言之,定向控制部分佔整個中間層 12之比例較佳為10%或超過1〇%,更佳為3〇%或超過 30% ’更佳為50%或超過50%,更佳為70%或超過70%, 尤佳為90°/❶或超過90%,最佳為loo%。在所述情況下, 48 201143183 中間層12中異質接面之面積增大,藉此在界面處產生之載 子(諸如電子、電洞及電子電洞對)數量增加,從而可提 高光電轉換效率。因此,有機化合物之異質接面與π_電子 平面之定向如上所述進行控制的光電轉換層可尤其確保 電轉換效率提高。這些條件之詳細說明可 邛各讓獅桃(日本專利申請案第腦侧31號)、 中。至於光之吸收,有機層之厚度越大越好。然而,馨於 不促進電纟了分離之均衡’錢狀厚度較佳為3G奈米至 300奈米,更佳為5G奈米至25〇奈米,尤佳為8米 200奈米。 不不芏 、、包括這些有機層之中間層可藉由使用乾式成膜法 或濕式成膜纽卿式提供。乾式賴法之實例包括真办 蒸發法、缝法、離子㈣法、物理氣相 ^ MBE)及啊(諸如電衆聚合)。濕式成膜法之= 括澆鑄法、旋塗法、浸潰法及LB法。 當聚合物化合物用作?型半導體(化合物 m-者時’聚合物化合物較佳藉由使 法式賴法形成膜。#制諸如氣相沈積 :之ϊ式成膜法時,因擔心會分解而不宜使用聚合物化! 二ϋ用聚合物之寡聚物來代替聚合物。當使用低分; 亩^」較佳使用乾式成膜法。尤其宜使用真空蒸發法。 真工蒸&amp;法之基本因素包括用於加熱化合物之方法二 電阻加熱蒸發法或電子束加熱蒸發法;所 …’’、形狀,例如坩堝或舟皿之形狀;真空度;蒸發 49 201143183 溫度;基底溫度;蒸發速度等。為使蒸發儘可能均勻,較 佳在基底旋轉下進行蒸發。至於真空度,其程度越高,所 得結果越佳。更特定言之,真空蒸發宜在1〇-4托或低於1〇-4 托’較佳10·6托或低於1〇-6托,尤佳1〇·8托或低於1〇·8托 之真空中進行,且使進行蒸發之化合物避免與外部空氣中 的氧氣及水分直接接觸。較佳地,在整個蒸發步驟中化合 物在真空中蒸發,以便不與外部空氣中的氧氣及水分接 觸。真空蒸發之條件需要嚴格控制,這是因為其會對例如 所形成有機膜之結晶度、非晶質、密度及緊密度有影響。 此外’較佳採用藉由使用膜厚度監測器(諸如石英諧振器 或干涉計)的蒸發速度PI或I&gt;ID控制。在兩種或超過兩種 化合物同時蒸發之情況下,可採用共蒸發法、急驟蒸發法 或其類似方法。 當上述裝置結構中含有有機材料之光電轉換層123獲 得自第二電極13之向上方向入射之光時,光吸收一般藉此 在第二電極13附近產生大量電子及電洞,而在第一電極 11附近不會產生如此多之電子及電洞。這是因為在第二電 極13附近吸收大部分波長在光電轉換層123之吸收峰附近 的光且光之吸光度隨著距第二電極13附近之距離增大而 降低。因此,除非在第二電極13附近產生的電子或電洞高 效轉移至石夕基板上,否則會使光電轉換效率降低,從而導 致所得裝置靈敏度降低。另外,來自在第二電極13附近強 烈吸收之光之波長的信號減少’使得光譜靈敏度範圍擴展 或所謂加寬。 201143183 此外,在含有有機材料之光電轉換層123中一般趨勢 為電子遷移率比電洞遷移率小得多。此外,已證明在含有 有機材料之光電轉換層123中電子遷移率易受氧氣影響且 光電轉換層123暴露於空氣將進一步降低電子遷移率。雲 於此,當希望將電子移至矽基板1上時,只要在第二電極 13附近產生之電子在光電轉換層123中具有較長行進距 離’部分電子就會在其行進期間去活化且無法收集至電極 中’從而造成靈敏度降低及光譜靈敏度範圍加寬。 為防止靈敏度降低及光譜靈敏度範圍加寬,有效方法 為使在第二電極13附近產生之電子或電洞高效行進至石夕 基板1上。為實現電子或電洞之高效行進,管理在光電轉 換層123中產生的電子或電洞成為一個問題。 圖2中所示之成像裝置200併有具有上文規定之性質 的光電轉換層123,因此如上所提及,藉由將電洞收集至 與入射光側之電極相對之第一電極膜U中且利用其來提 高外部量子效率,由此可提高靈敏度且縮小光譜靈敏度範 圍。在成像裝置200中,電壓因此施加在第一電極膜Μ 與第二電極膜13之間,以便在光電轉換層123中產生之電 子轉移至第一電極膜13中且在光電轉換層123中產生之電 洞轉移至第一電極膜11中。 底塗層兼電子阻擋層122之-功能為減少第一電極膜 U上之突點(asperity)。當第一電極膜u在表面上具有突 點或黏附於表面之灰塵且低分子有機化合物蒸發至其上且 進入光電轉漏123巾時’錄會在與突點歧塵接觸之 201143183 換層123部分中產生細小裂痕。換言 生光電轉換層123之厚度減小之部分。此處,:= 蓋步且 一増=當:,::== 預先提向二得明顯。因此,底塗層兼電子阻擋層122 抑制上11上,且藉此突點之影響減小且可 平诉iff 子阻擋層柄料_㈣要。適於形成 千1之材料之實例尤其包括有機高分子聚合物材料,諸 如聚苯胺、聚噻吩、聚吡咯、聚咔唑、PTPDES及PTPDEK, 且膜亦可藉由旋塗法形成。 A出於減弱由自第一電極膜u注入電子而產生的暗電 流之目的,提供電子阻擋層122,且抑制自第一電極膜u &gt;主入電子至光電轉換層123中。 出於減弱由自第二電極膜13注入電洞而產生的暗電 流之目的,提供電洞阻擋兼緩衝層125作為電洞阻檔層, 且其不僅執行抑制自第二電極膜13注入電洞至光電轉換 層123中的功邊,而且在一些情況下亦執行減少在第二電 極膜13形成時在光電轉換層123上造成之破壞的功能》 當第二電極膜13作為光電轉換層123之上層而形成 時’情況可能為,在採用例如濺鍍法之情況下,存在於用 於形成第二電極膜13之設備中的諸如濺鍍粒子、二次電 子、Ar粒子及氧陰離子之高能量粒子與光電轉換層123碰 52 201143183 撞,藉此光電轉換層123改變其品質且造成效能降級,諸 如漏電流增加及靈敏度下降。較佳可採用提供緩衝層125 於光電轉換層123上之方法作為防止這些情況之方法。 現回到圖2’p型半導體區域(下文縮寫為p區域)4、 η型半導體區域(下文縮寫為n區域)3及p區域2以深度 遞增之順序形成於n型矽基板1中。在由遮光膜14遮蔽光 的P+區域4之表面部分之部分中,形成高密度p區域(稱 為p區域)6’且ρ+區域6由η區域5包圍。 ρ區域4與η區域3之間的ρη接面距η型矽基板i之 表面的深度調整為允許吸收藍光之深度(約〇2微米)。因 此,p區域4及η區域3吸收藍光且響應所吸收之光產生 電洞,且形成積聚電洞之光電二極體(Β光電二極體)。在 Β光電二極體中產生之電洞儲存於ρ區域4中。 Ρ區域2與矽基板1之間的ρη接面距^型矽基板表面 之深度調整為吸收紅光之深度(約2微米)。因此,ρ區域. 2及η·型矽基板丨吸收紅光且響應所吸收之光產生電洞, 且形成積聚電洞之光電二極體(R光電二極體)。在R光 電二極體中產生之電洞積聚於卩區域2中。 P+區域6經由在絕緣膜7中鑽出之孔中形成的連接區 9電連接至第一電極膜n ’且經由連接區9積聚在第一電 極膜11中枚集之電洞。連接區9藉由絕緣膜8與其周圍除 第電極膜11及p+區域6外之環境電絕緣。 積聚在ρ區域2中之電洞藉助於由形成於n型矽基板 1中之ρ通道MOS電晶體構成的MOS電路(圖中未展示) 53 201143183 轉化為響應其電荷量之信號,積聚在p區域4中之電洞藉 助於由形成於η區域3中之p通道MOS電晶體構成之MOS 電路(圖中未展示)轉化為響應其電荷量之信號,積聚在 Ρ+區域6中之電子藉助於由形成於η區域5中之ρ通道 MOS電晶體構成之MOS電路(圖中未展示)轉化為響應 其電荷量之信號,且這些信號輸出至成像裝置200之外 部。這些MOS電路構成信號讀出區。另外,MOS電路各 自藉由配線10連接至信號讀出墊(圖中未展示)。此外,ρ 區域2及ρ區域4配備有引出電極。當給予這些電極指定 重置電位時,各區域達到空乏狀態且使各押接合之電容最 小。因此’可使接面上產生之電容报小。 藉由設計具有所述結構之裝置,可在例如光電轉換層 123中執行G光之光電轉換,且分別在形成於心梦基板 中之Β光電二極體及R光電二極體中進—步執行For the ί ==: I photoelectric conversion layer containing the material of the 祠 兔 兔 】 】 】 】 & & & & & & & , , , , , , , , , , , 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合 混合99 ^ In the case of °6 ° laugh, included in the example of 3 = non-C6. The oxidative solution of the impurity of the allotrope, the role of the barrier layer II. Although the rainbow is mentioned by 39 201143183 The formation of the resistive layer also has the effect of "controlling the self-charge::: another effect of dark current. Electron" to weakly control the charge injected from the electrode, weighs I β &gt; === the wall and makes the charge resist The push layer is in contact with the layer (photoelectric conversion layer) under the barrier layer. The former is a method of providing an energy barrier against the angle of the implant, thereby preventing the electrode material from being in a small defect and in contact with the photoelectric conversion layer, thereby Forming a leak point ^ 派 =======- can refer to the adjustment of the barrier to the difference between the barrier layer and the electrode layer of the electrode, such as the round and the quality, so that it can be prevented by using None of the inorganic materials:: What barrier layer and organic material include == barrier layer can be more significant The suppression of the charge/supply of the supplied/charged electric charge. In Fig. i, the spear ', the 'avoidable signal first layer 103' is intended to be an inorganic material layer, and Lu, the material of the side of the electrode 104 And the first layer l3b is assigned to have a preferred use of Si, Mo, Ce, Li, Hf, Ta, Ai, Ti, zn, 201143183. W and Zr as the inorganic material layer Inorganic material 2 with an oxide material inorganic (four) 'and in detail SiC> suitable as this oxygen to prevent the injection of charge from the electrode, the inorganic material layer needs to have the free energy of the energy barrier between the energy and the adjacent electrode work function, Moreover, there is a large Ip. However, when the inorganic material layer separately constitutes the charge blocking layer, the decrease in the thickness of the layer causes the formation of the electrode between the electrode and the photoelectric conversion layer, and the increase in the thickness of the layer weakens the charge. Transport properties and make signal charge difficult to read. In addition to the inorganic material layer, it is important to provide a layer under the inorganic material layer. The material (4) is better for the charge transfer property of the signal charge generated by the forest, and t The organic material used therein is preferably caused A material for reducing the carrier current derived from the dark current in the material. By providing the organic material layer, the charge blocking layer can be homogenized and thickened, and the dark current derived from the charge resistance is not reluctant = electric r Combining these effects with the action of the inorganic material layer, and then referring to the structure of the device according to the present invention, Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view of the photoelectric conversion device according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The photoelectric conversion device 100 of this embodiment is (four) such that the photoelectric conversion layer 102 is stacked on the first electrode film 101, : (10) on the stack_light_奂 layer and the second electrode film is doubled: step 201143183 is stacked on the charge blocking layer 103 on. The device may be designed to allow light to be incident from the side of the first electrode film 1〇1, or it may be designed to allow light to be emitted from the side of the second electrode film 1G4. In the case where light is incident from the side of the first electrode film 104, the second electrode film is the upper electrode ' and the lower electrode 101 is stacked on the substrate not shown. In the implementation of the present invention, the electric noise barrier layer 1G3 has a two-layer structure composed of a first charge blocking layer 10a3a and a second charge blocking layer 1?3b. Since the incident light needs to enter the photoelectric conversion layer 1〇2, the upper electrode 104 is suitably formed of a material which is transparent. As for the highly transparent electrode, a transparent conductive oxide (then) is given as an example thereof. (d) The lower electrode 1〇1 is preferably formed of a highly transparent material because there may be a case where light is required to propagate in a downward direction as seen in the structure of the image forming apparatus mentioned below. The charge blocking layer 103 is a layer that suppresses transfer of charges from the electrode 104 into the photoelectric conversion layer 102 when a voltage is applied between the electrodes 1〇1 and 104. When the charge blocking layer 103 has a single layer structure, there is an intermediate energy level (such as an impurity level) in the material itself constituting the charge blocking layer 1〇3, and charge (electron, hole) transfer occurs via these intermediate energy levels, This leads to dark electricity &amp; enhancement. To prevent this from occurring, the charge blocking layer 1〇3 in this embodiment is designed to have a two-layer structure instead of a single layer structure. By creating an interface between the first layer i03a and the second layer 103b constituting the charge blocking layer 103, a discontinuity is generated in the intermediate energy level existing in each of the layers and i〇3b, thereby causing the carrier It is difficult to move via an intermediate energy level or the like. Therefore, it is considered that the dark current can be controlled. However, when the layer 42 201143183 l〇3a and the layer i〇3b are formed of the same material, it may occur that the intermediate energy present in the layer can be exactly the same as the energy level existing in the layer of the layer 1G3b. In order to further enhance the dark current control side, the materials forming the layers 103a and 103b, respectively, are preferably different from each other. Although FIG. 1 illustrates the case where a charge blocking layer is provided between the photoelectric conversion layer 1〇2 and the upper electrode 1〇4, it is also possible to provide another electric hybrid H _ between the photoelectric conversion layer 1G2 and the power-off, ιοί. The charge blocking layer is designed as an electron blocking layer and is additionally designed as a hole blocking layer. As described in the description of the charge blocking layer, each of the electron blocking layer and the hole blocking layer is preferably a two-layer structure. Alternatively, it is preferable that the respective layers have a multilayer structure including three or more layers and the materials forming the plurality of layers are different from each other. Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a single pixel portion of an image forming apparatus according to a second embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of Fig. 2. Imaging device 2. . The pixels for the same 4:::= are shown in Figure 2, arranged in an array, and the signals emitted from each individual pixel produce a single pixel of image data. One pixel of the image forming apparatus shown in FIG. 2 is equipped with an n-type germanium substrate 1, a transparent insulating film 7 formed on the substrate 11, a lower photoelectric conversion region formed on the insulating film 7, and provided on the photoelectric conversion region. A light-shielding mold 14 having a hole and a transparent insulating film μ laminated on the light-shielding film 14. The photoelectric conversion region is composed of an intermediate layer 12 in which the first electrode film 1 is formed on the first electrode film u and a second electrode film 13 formed on the intermediate layer 12. The light receiving region of the intermediate layer 12 is restricted by laminating the light-shielding film 14 having the holes on the photoelectric conversion region. In this photoelectric conversion region, the structure of the photoelectric conversion described in Fig. 1 of 43 201143183 can be employed. The intermediate layer 12 as shown in FIG. 3 is configured such that the barrier layer 122, the photoelectric conversion layer 19 _ layer is combined with the mils &amp; gram * I 23 and the hole barrier layer and buffer layer 124 as mentioned The steps are stacked on the first electrode film u, and the hole blocking layer and the buffer layer 124 each have the multi-layered conjunct film structure as mentioned above, and the charge is generated from the light of the fourth electrode (including) The electrons and the holes, the 'quality, and the other' cause the electron mobility to be smaller than the holes, and in addition to this, the number of electrons and holes generated in the vicinity of the second electrode film 13 is larger than that in the vicinity of the first electrode film 11. Representative examples of light f-conversion (4) having a miscellaneous f include organic materials. In the structure shown in Fig. 2, materials for generating electrons and holes in response to green light absorption are used. Since the photoelectric conversion layer 123 can be shared by all, it can be a film in a single chip form, and it is not necessary to be based on pixels. The photoelectric conversion layer 123 can preferably be constructed by using a material as described above in combination. When the organic material other than the above is incorporated in the constituent material of the photoelectric conversion layer 123, it is preferable to include at least an organic p-type semiconductor or an organic n-type semiconductor. Any one of a quinacridone derivative, a naphthalene derivative, an anthracene derivative, a phenanthrene derivative, a tetracene derivative, an anthracene derivative, and an alkadiene derivative is particularly preferably used as an organic p. Each of a semiconductor and an organic n-type semiconductor. The organic ruthenium type semiconductor (compound) is an organic semiconductor (compound) having donor characteristics and refers to an organic compound having a property of easily supplying electrons. The product is mainly represented by a hole transporting organic compound. More specifically, when two organic materials are used in contact with each other, the organic compound having a donor property means an organic compound having a free potential lower than the other. Therefore, any organic compound can be used as an organic compound having a donor property as long as it has an electron donating property. Examples of the organic compound usable as an organic compound having an electron donating property include a triarylamine compound, a benzidine compound, a pyrazoline compound, a styrylamine compound, an anthracene compound, a tribylene compound, and a taste σ. Sitting compound, Ju Shi Xi Yuan compound, β-thin compound, enantiomeric compound, cyanine compound, merocyanine compound, oxonol compound, polyamine compound, π-dial compound, oxime compound, carbazole compound a polycondensed aryl compound, a fused aromatic carbocyclic compound (such as a naphthalene derivative, an anthracene derivative, a phenanthrene derivative, a naphthacene derivative, an anthracene derivative, an anthracene derivative, and a propadiene oxime derivative) And the ligand is a metal complex of a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. However, the organic compound usable as an organic compound having an electron donating property is not limited to the above-exemplified compounds, but is as mentioned above as long as the free potential of the organic compound is lower than that used as the n-type compound (having receptor characteristics). An organic compound which can be used as an organic semiconductor having donor characteristics. The organic n-type semiconductor (compound) is an organic semiconductor (compound) having acceptor characteristics and refers to an organic compound having a property of easily accepting electrons, and is mainly represented by an electron transporting organic compound. More specifically, when two organic materials are used in contact with each other, the organic compound having an acceptor property means an organic compound having an electron affinity higher than the other. Therefore, any organic compound can be used as an organic compound having a receptor property as long as it has an electron accepting property. Examples of the organic compound usable as an organic compound having an electron-accepting property include a fused aromatic carbocyclic compound (such as a naphthalene derivative, an anthracene derivative, a phenanthrene derivative, a naphthacene derivative, a benedict derivative, an anthracene derivative). And a propadiene derivative), a gas-, oxygen- or/and sulfur-containing 5 to 7 member compound (such as beta ratio bite, D ratio 嘻, ton, scuttle, triazine, quinoline, Quinoxaline, quinazoline, pyridazine, porphyrin, isoquinoline, acridine, acridine, phenazine, phenanthroline, tetrazole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiazole, oxazole, oxazole, benzimidazole, Benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, oxazole, hydrazine, triterpenoid hydrazine, triterpenoid pyrimidine, tetrazaindene, oxadiazole, imidazopyridine, pyrrolidine (pyralidine), pyrrolopyridine, 嗔°°°°, bite, dibenzazepine and tribenzoxazine, poly-arylene compound, compound, cyclopentadiene compound, Shi Xi The alkyl compound and the ligand are metal complexes of a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound. However, the organic compound which can be used as the organic compound having electron-accepting properties is not limited to the above-exemplified compounds, but is as mentioned above as long as the electron affinity of the organic compound is higher than that of the organic compound used as an organic compound having donor characteristics. It can be used as an organic semiconductor having acceptor characteristics. An η-type organic dye or a p-type organic dye can also be used. Although any dye can be used as the dye, examples of preferred dyes include cyanine dyes, the present ethylene-based dyes, hemicyanine dyes, and merocyanine dyes (including zero-twisted basal cyanine ( Simple part cyanine)), trinuclear cyanine dye, tetranuclear cyanine dye, rhoddacyanine dye, composite cyanine dye, complex part cyanine dye, pole change (all〇p〇lar Dyes, oxygen beta, dyes, semi-oxo dyes, squarylium dyes, ketoacids 46 201143183 (croconium) dyes, azamethine dyes, coumarin dyes, arylene dyes, Anthraquinone dyes, triphenyl decane dyes, azo dyes, azomethine dyes, spiro compounds, metallocene dyes, ketone dyes, fulgide dyes, anthraquinone dyes, Morphazine dye, phenothiazine dye, anthraquinone dye, anthraquinone dye, diphenylmethane dye, polyene dye, acridine dye, acridone dye, diphenylamine dye, quinacridone dye, quinophthalone dye, brown Oxazine dye, phthalate Rylene ) dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, chlorophyll dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, metal complex dyes and fused aromatic carbocyclic dyes (such as naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, tetracene derivatives, flowers) Derivatives, anthracene derivatives and allene derivatives. In a consistent embodiment of the invention, the inter-turn layer 12 has a p-type semiconductor layer and an n-type semiconductor layer, and preferably, at least one of the p-type semiconductor or the n-type semiconductor is an organic semiconductor, and further, A photoelectric conversion layer having a bulk heterojunction structure of a p-type semiconductor and an n-type semiconductor is sandwiched between the semiconductor layers. In this case, the bulk heterojunction structure is incorporated in the intermediate layer 12, and thereby the defect of the carrier diffusion length of the photoelectric conversion layer 123 can be compensated for in order to improve the photoelectric conversion efficiency of the photoelectric conversion layer 123. Further, the photoelectric conversion layer included in the intermediate layer 12 has a p-type half = body layer and an n-type semiconductor layer ' preferably (the bulk heterojunction structure) of the opening and the dispersion layer. Here, it is difficult to include a directional control agent compound in at least one of a p-type semiconductor or an n-type semiconductor, and each of the ί-type conductors has directional control (controllable). The situation of things is better. A compound having π·co-light electrons 47 201143183 is used as the organic compound. And the planes of these π-electrons are preferably not oriented perpendicular to the substrate (electrode substrate). As for the orientation angle of the plane, the more parallel the substrate is, the better. More specifically, the angle between the π-electron plane and the substrate is preferably 〇. To 80. More preferably 0. To 60. Better for you. To 4 〇. More preferably 0° to 20. , especially good for you. To 10. , the best is 0. (i.e., the organic compound layer is preferably included in the entire intermediate layer 12 in parallel with respect to the substrate orientation control, and more specifically, the ratio of the orientation control organic compound portion to the entire intermediate layer 12 is preferably 10% or more. More preferably 3〇% or more than 30% 'more preferably 50% or more than 50%, more preferably 7〇% or more than 7〇%, especially preferably 90% or more than 90%, preferably ι〇0 By controlling the orientation of the organic compound contained in the intermediate layer 12 t to satisfy the above conditions, %β can compensate for the short defect of the carrier diffusion length of the photoelectric conversion layer, so as to improve the photoelectric conversion efficiency of the photoelectric conversion layer. In the case of orientation, it is more preferable that the heterojunction (for example, a pn junction) is not parallel to the substrate (electrode substrate). The orientation angle of the heterojunction is not parallel to the substrate, but the more perpendicular to the substrate, the better. The angle of formation of the heterojunction of the special s and the substrate is preferably from 1 〇 to 9 〇, more preferably from 30 to 90. More preferably from 50 to 90. More preferably from 70 to 90. , preferably 80. to 90., preferably 90. (ie perpendicular to the substrate; ^ The organic compound layer under the control of the heterojunction is preferably contained in even a portion of the entire intermediate layer 12' and more specifically, the ratio of the orientation control portion to the entire intermediate layer 12 is preferably 10% or more, more preferably More preferably 3% or more than 30% 'more preferably 50% or more than 50%, more preferably 70% or more than 70%, especially preferably 90°/❶ or more than 90%, most preferably loo%. In the case, 48 201143183 the area of the heterojunction in the intermediate layer 12 is increased, whereby the number of carriers (such as electrons, holes, and electron hole pairs) generated at the interface is increased, thereby improving the photoelectric conversion efficiency. The photoelectric conversion layer in which the heterojunction of the organic compound and the orientation of the π_electron plane are controlled as described above can particularly ensure an improvement in the electrical conversion efficiency. A detailed description of these conditions can be given to each of the lions (Japanese Patent Application No. 31) No.), medium. As for the absorption of light, the thickness of the organic layer is as large as possible. However, the sweetness does not promote the balance of the electric separation. The thickness of the money is preferably from 3G to 300 nm, and more preferably 5G. Rice to 25 nanometers, especially good for 8 meters and 200 nanometers. The intermediate layer including these organic layers can be provided by using a dry film forming method or a wet film forming method. Examples of the dry type method include a true evaporation method, a slit method, an ion method, and a physical gas phase. ^ MBE) and ah (such as electricity polymerization). Wet film forming method = casting method, spin coating method, dipping method and LB method. When polymer compound is used as a type semiconductor (compound m- The polymer compound is preferably formed into a film by a French method. When a film such as vapor deposition is used, the film formation method is not suitable for polymerization because of fear of decomposition; Polymer. When using a low score; acre is preferred to use a dry film formation method. It is especially preferred to use a vacuum evaporation method. The basic factors of the steaming &amp; method include the method for heating the compound, the second resistance heating evaporation method or the electron beam heating evaporation method; the shape, such as the shape of a crucible or a boat; the degree of vacuum; evaporation 49 201143183 ; substrate temperature; evaporation rate, etc. In order to make the evaporation as uniform as possible, it is preferred to carry out evaporation under the rotation of the substrate. As for the degree of vacuum, the higher the degree, the better the results obtained. More specifically, the vacuum evaporation should be between 1 〇 -4 Torr or less than 1 〇 -4 Torr ' preferably 10 · 6 Torr or less than 1 〇 - 6 Torr, especially preferably 1 〇 8 Torr or less than 1 Torr. • Perform in a vacuum of 8 torr and allow the compound to be evaporated to avoid direct contact with oxygen and moisture in the outside air. Preferably, the compound evaporates in a vacuum throughout the evaporation step so as not to come into contact with oxygen and moisture in the outside air. The conditions for vacuum evaporation need to be strictly controlled because they affect, for example, the crystallinity, amorphousness, density, and tightness of the formed organic film. Further, it is preferable to employ an evaporation rate PI or I &gt; ID control by using a film thickness monitor such as a quartz resonator or an interferometer. In the case where two or more than two compounds are simultaneously evaporated, a co-evaporation method, a flash evaporation method or the like can be employed. When the photoelectric conversion layer 123 containing the organic material in the above device structure obtains light incident from the upward direction of the second electrode 13, the light absorption generally generates a large amount of electrons and holes near the second electrode 13 at the first electrode. There are not so many electrons and holes in the vicinity of 11. This is because most of the light having a wavelength near the absorption peak of the photoelectric conversion layer 123 is absorbed in the vicinity of the second electrode 13 and the absorbance of the light decreases as the distance from the vicinity of the second electrode 13 increases. Therefore, unless electrons or holes generated in the vicinity of the second electrode 13 are efficiently transferred to the Shih-hs substrate, the photoelectric conversion efficiency is lowered, resulting in a decrease in sensitivity of the resulting device. In addition, the signal reduction from the wavelength of light strongly absorbed near the second electrode 13 is such that the spectral sensitivity range is expanded or so-called widened. In addition, in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 containing an organic material, a general tendency is that the electron mobility is much smaller than the hole mobility. Further, it has been confirmed that electron mobility is easily affected by oxygen in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 containing an organic material and that the photoelectric conversion layer 123 is exposed to air to further lower the electron mobility. Here, when it is desired to move electrons onto the ruthenium substrate 1, as long as electrons generated in the vicinity of the second electrode 13 have a long travel distance in the photoelectric conversion layer 123, part of the electrons are deactivated during their travel and cannot be Collected into the electrode' resulting in reduced sensitivity and widened spectral sensitivity range. In order to prevent the sensitivity from being lowered and the spectral sensitivity range to be widened, an effective method is to efficiently advance electrons or holes generated in the vicinity of the second electrode 13 to the Shih-kung substrate 1. In order to achieve efficient travel of electrons or holes, managing electrons or holes generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 becomes a problem. The image forming apparatus 200 shown in Fig. 2 has the photoelectric conversion layer 123 having the properties specified above, and thus, as mentioned above, the holes are collected into the first electrode film U opposed to the electrodes on the incident light side. It is also used to increase the external quantum efficiency, thereby improving sensitivity and narrowing the spectral sensitivity range. In the image forming apparatus 200, a voltage is thus applied between the first electrode film Μ and the second electrode film 13 so that electrons generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 are transferred into the first electrode film 13 and generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123. The holes are transferred to the first electrode film 11. The function of the undercoat layer and electron blocking layer 122 is to reduce the asperity on the first electrode film U. When the first electrode film u has a bump on the surface or adheres to the surface of the dust and the low molecular organic compound evaporates thereon and enters the photoelectric leaking wiper, the film is recorded in 201143183 with the bump dust. Small cracks are produced in the part. In other words, the thickness of the photoelectric conversion layer 123 is reduced. Here, := cover step and a 増 = when:,::== advance to the second is obvious. Therefore, the undercoat layer and the electron blocking layer 122 suppress the upper layer 11, and the influence of the bumps is reduced, and the iff sub-blocking layer handle material can be easily referred to. Examples of materials suitable for forming one thousand include, in particular, organic high molecular polymer materials such as polyaniline, polythiophene, polypyrrole, polycarbazole, PTPDES and PTPDEK, and the film can also be formed by spin coating. A, for the purpose of attenuating the dark current generated by the injection of electrons from the first electrode film u, the electron blocking layer 122 is provided, and is suppressed from the first electrode film u &gt; main incoming electrons into the photoelectric conversion layer 123. The hole blocking and buffer layer 125 is provided as a hole barrier layer for the purpose of attenuating the dark current generated by the injection of the holes from the second electrode film 13, and it not only performs suppression of injection of holes from the second electrode film 13. To the work side in the photoelectric conversion layer 123, and in some cases, the function of reducing the damage caused on the photoelectric conversion layer 123 at the time of formation of the second electrode film 13 is also performed" when the second electrode film 13 functions as the photoelectric conversion layer 123 When the upper layer is formed, the case may be such that, in the case of, for example, a sputtering method, high energy such as sputtering particles, secondary electrons, Ar particles, and oxygen anions present in the apparatus for forming the second electrode film 13 The particles collide with the photoelectric conversion layer 123 to hit 52 201143183, whereby the photoelectric conversion layer 123 changes its quality and causes performance degradation such as an increase in leakage current and a decrease in sensitivity. A method of providing the buffer layer 125 on the photoelectric conversion layer 123 can be preferably employed as a method of preventing these cases. Returning now to Fig. 2'p-type semiconductor region (hereinafter abbreviated as p region) 4, an n-type semiconductor region (hereinafter abbreviated as n region) 3 and a p region 2 are formed in the n-type germanium substrate 1 in order of increasing depth. In a portion of the surface portion of the P+ region 4 where the light is blocked by the light shielding film 14, a high-density p region (referred to as a p region) 6' is formed and the p+ region 6 is surrounded by the n region 5. The depth of the pn junction between the ρ region 4 and the η region 3 is adjusted from the depth of the surface of the n-type germanium substrate i to a depth (about 2 μm) which allows absorption of blue light. Therefore, the p region 4 and the η region 3 absorb blue light and generate a hole in response to the absorbed light, and form a photodiode (Β photodiode) which accumulates the hole. The holes generated in the xenon photodiode are stored in the p region 4. The depth of the pn junction between the germanium region 2 and the germanium substrate 1 is adjusted from the depth of the surface of the germanium substrate to the depth of absorption of red light (about 2 micrometers). Therefore, the ρ region. 2 and the η-type 矽 substrate 丨 absorb red light and generate holes in response to the absorbed light, and form a photodiode (R photodiode) that accumulates holes. The holes generated in the R photodiode are accumulated in the crucible region 2. The P+ region 6 is electrically connected to the first electrode film n' via the connection region 9 formed in the hole drilled in the insulating film 7, and the holes accumulated in the first electrode film 11 are accumulated via the connection region 9. The connection region 9 is electrically insulated from the environment around the periphery of the first electrode film 11 and the p+ region 6 by the insulating film 8. The holes accumulated in the ρ region 2 are converted into signals in response to the charge amount thereof by means of a MOS circuit (not shown) 53 201143183 formed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n-type germanium substrate 1, accumulating in p The holes in the region 4 are converted into signals in response to the amount of charge by means of a MOS circuit (not shown) formed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n region 3, and the electrons accumulated in the Ρ+ region 6 are A MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n region 5 is converted into a signal in response to the amount of charge thereof, and these signals are output to the outside of the image forming apparatus 200. These MOS circuits constitute a signal readout area. In addition, the MOS circuits are each connected to a signal readout pad (not shown) by wiring 10. Further, the ρ region 2 and the ρ region 4 are provided with extraction electrodes. When the reset potential is assigned to these electrodes, each region reaches a depletion state and minimizes the capacitance of the bonding. Therefore, the capacitance generated on the junction can be made small. By designing the device having the structure, photoelectric conversion of G light can be performed in, for example, the photoelectric conversion layer 123, and stepwise in the photodiode and the R photodiode formed in the heart dream substrate, respectively. carried out

—,一似/ νπ丹砀热微層。—, a similar / νπ tanzanite thermal microlayer.

如在%琢膜7與η型矽基板J R矛一冤極膜11之間(例 之間)形成由無機材料構成 54 201143183 之無機光電轉換區’以允許吸收已穿過光電轉換層123之 光’響應此光產生電荷及積聚這些電荷。在此情況下,基 本上僅在η型矽基板1内部提供用於讀出響應在無機光電 轉換區之電荷積聚區域積聚的電荷之信號的M〇s電路且 配線10亦連接至此MOS電路。 第一電極膜11具有收集在光電轉換層123中產生且 已行進至電極膜11之電洞的功能。第一電極膜u基於像 素進行分割,藉此可產生影像資料。根據圖2中所示之結 構,光電轉換亦在11型矽基板1中執行,因此第一電極膜 11宜具有60%或超過6〇%,較佳90%或超過90%之可見光 透射率。在裝置具有在第一電極膜U之下部不存在光電轉 換區域之結構的情況下,第一電極膜11的透明度可較低。 最佳1TO、IZ0、zn〇2、Sn02、Ti02、FTO、Al、Ag 及 Au 中之任一者可用於第一電極膜11。稍後描述第一電極膜11 之細節。 —第二電極膜13具有放出在光電轉換層123中產生且 ^打進至電極膜13之電子的功能。第二電極膜13可為所 有像素共享。因此,在成像裝置2GG中,第二電極膜13 為有待所有像素共享的單片形式之膜。因為必須使入射光 ΪίΐΪ轉換層123,所以第二電極膜13需要藉由使用可 見光同度可透之材料來形成。因此,第二電極膜13之可見 透射率宜為6。%或超過60%,較佳90%或超過90%。最For example, between the % tantalum film 7 and the n-type germanium substrate JR spear-pole film 11 (between the examples), an inorganic photoelectric conversion region 'of the inorganic material 54 201143183 is formed to allow absorption of light that has passed through the photoelectric conversion layer 123. 'Respond to this light to generate charge and accumulate these charges. In this case, an M〇s circuit for reading out a signal in response to charges accumulated in the charge accumulation region of the inorganic photoelectric conversion region is provided substantially only inside the n-type germanium substrate 1 and the wiring 10 is also connected to this MOS circuit. The first electrode film 11 has a function of collecting holes generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 and having traveled to the electrode film 11. The first electrode film u is divided based on the pixels, whereby image data can be generated. According to the structure shown in Fig. 2, photoelectric conversion is also performed in the 11-type germanium substrate 1, and therefore the first electrode film 11 preferably has a visible light transmittance of 60% or more, preferably 90% or more than 90%. In the case where the device has a structure in which the photoelectric conversion region is not present under the first electrode film U, the transparency of the first electrode film 11 can be low. Any of the best 1TO, IZ0, zn〇2, Sn02, Ti02, FTO, Al, Ag, and Au can be used for the first electrode film 11. Details of the first electrode film 11 will be described later. The second electrode film 13 has a function of discharging electrons generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 and being driven into the electrode film 13. The second electrode film 13 can be shared by all the pixels. Therefore, in the image forming apparatus 2GG, the second electrode film 13 is a film in a monolithic form to be shared by all the pixels. Since the incident light must be made to be the conversion layer 123, the second electrode film 13 needs to be formed by using a material which is permeable to visible light. Therefore, the visible transmittance of the second electrode film 13 is preferably 6. % or more than 60%, preferably 90% or more than 90%. most

Ti^於^電極膜13之材料可為1T〇、IZ〇、Zn〇2、Sn〇2、 A1 Ag及au中之任一者。稍後描述第二電 55 201143183 極膜13之細節。 至於無機層,一般使用由結晶石夕、非晶石夕及包括GaAs 之化合物半導體形成之pn接合或恤接合。在這些情況 下=堆疊於彼此之上的受光區每_者债測之光譜範圍變 寬’這是因為根據光在石夕基板内部行進之深度進行分色。 然而,藉由使用光電轉換層123作為如圖2中所示之上層, 亦即藉由制切基板之深度方向上已穿過光電轉換層 123之光’可顯著改良分色。在如圖2中所示g光藉由光 電轉換層123伯測之特殊情況下,穿過光電轉換層123之 光包括B光及R光,因此在錄板之深度方向上光之分離 僅需在B域R光之騎行。因此,改良分色。甚至當光 電轉換層123彳貞測BS或R光時,分色亦可藉纟適當選擇 各pn接面在矽基板中之深度而獲得顯著改良。 由光入射側來看,無機層之組態較佳為npn*pnpn。 且Ρηρη接,更佳’這是因為尤其藉由在表面上形成p層保 持表面在ν電位下可捕集在表面附近產生之電洞及暗電 流’藉此可減弱暗電流。 雖然圖2顯示一光電轉換區位於η型梦基板1之上的 、’、„構,但裝置亦可具有兩個或超過兩個光電轉換區在η型 石夕基板1之上崎形式堆疊於彼此之上的結構。兩個或超 過兩個光電轉換區以層形式堆疊於彼此之上的結構之說明 在本發明之另一實施例之描述中給出。在所述情況下,由 無機層偵測之光可為—種顏色之光,且可實現良好分色。 在預期由成像《置200之一像素侧四種顏色之光的另一 56 2011431¾ 情況下’可設想以下結構,如⑴__色之光由 電轉換區制且三種顏色之光由三個無機層制的結構; ⑺兩個光電轉賴以兩層形式堆疊於彼此之上且侧 種顏色之光,而無機層侧其他兩種顏色之光的結構;及 (3)三個光電轉換區以三層形式堆疊於彼此之上且_三 種顏色之光,而無機層侧另—種顏色之光的結構。另: 方面,成像裝置200可具有允許由一像素單獨债測一種顏 色之光的結構。在此情況下之結構對應於不具有圖2中所 示之圖中的p區域2、η區域3、p區域4之結構。 現將更詳細地描述無機層。無機層之適合結構之實例 不僅包括光導型、p-n接合型、肖特基(Sh〇ttky)接合型、 PIN接合型及MSM(金屬-半導體_金屬)型感光器之結構, 而且亦包括光電晶體型感光器之結構。如圖2中所示,尤 其適合使用藉由以下來形成之無機層:第一與第二導電區 域以層形式交替堆疊於單一半導體基板内,其中第一導電 區域之導電型與第二導電區域相反,且在適於波長大體包 括於任何不同波長帶中之光的光電轉換之深度建立第一導 電區域與第二導電區域之間的各接面。單晶矽適合作為單 一半導體基板,且可藉由利用視矽板深度方向而定的吸收 波長特徵來實現分色。 亦可使用InGaN型、inAIN型、ΙηΑΙΡ型或InGaAlP 型半導體作為無機半導體。InGaN型半導體經設計以藉由 適當時改變其In含量而在藍光之波長範圍内具有其各別 吸收最大值。換言之,其組成以式InxGa^N (0$X&lt;1)表 57 201143183 示。藉由利用金屬有機化學氣相沈積方法(M0CVD方法) 產生這些化合物半導體。併有A1 (其與Ga 一樣屬於第13 族)之InAIN型氮化物半導體如InGaN型半導體之情況一 般亦可用作短波感光器《或者,可使用與GaAs基板晶格 匹配之 ΙηΑΙΡ 及 InGaAlP。 各無機半導體可形成嵌入式結構。術語「嵌入式結構」 是指短波感光器部分之兩個末端用不同於短波感光器中所 用半導體之半導體覆蓋的結構。覆蓋兩個末端之半導體較 佳為能帶隙波長等於或短於短波感光器之能帶隙波長的 導體。 可用於第一電極膜11及第二電極膜13之材料為例如 金屬、合金、金屬氧化物、導電化合物或這些物質之各種 混合物。可用金屬物質之實例包括選自以下之元辛 組合 mK、Ca、Rb、Sr、Cs、Ba、t2The material of the Ti electrode film 13 may be any one of 1T 〇, IZ 〇, Zn 〇 2, Sn 〇 2, A1 Ag, and au. The details of the second film 55 201143183 polar film 13 will be described later. As the inorganic layer, a pn junction or a shirt joint formed of a crystalline semiconductor, an amorphous stone, and a compound semiconductor including GaAs is generally used. In these cases, the spectral range of the light-receiving area stacked on each other is widened by the fact that the color separation is performed according to the depth at which the light travels inside the substrate. However, the color separation can be remarkably improved by using the photoelectric conversion layer 123 as the upper layer as shown in Fig. 2, that is, by cutting the light which has passed through the photoelectric conversion layer 123 in the depth direction of the substrate. In the special case where the g light is detected by the photoelectric conversion layer 123 as shown in FIG. 2, the light passing through the photoelectric conversion layer 123 includes B light and R light, so that separation of light in the depth direction of the recording board is only required. Riding in the B-area R light. Therefore, the color separation is improved. Even when the photo-electric conversion layer 123 detects BS or R light, the color separation can be significantly improved by appropriately selecting the depth of each pn junction in the germanium substrate. The configuration of the inorganic layer is preferably npn*pnpn from the light incident side. Further, Ρηρη is connected, more preferably, because the dark current can be attenuated by trapping a hole and a dark current generated near the surface at a potential of ν, particularly by forming a p-layer on the surface. Although FIG. 2 shows a photoelectric conversion region located above the n-type dream substrate 1, the device may have two or more than two photoelectric conversion regions stacked on the n-type slab substrate 1 Structure above each other. A description of a structure in which two or more photoelectric conversion regions are stacked on each other in layers is given in the description of another embodiment of the present invention. In this case, the inorganic layer The detected light can be a kind of light of color, and can achieve good color separation. In the case of imaging another image of "one of the four colors of one of the pixels on the side of one of the four 2011 20111313⁄4", the following structure can be envisaged, such as (1)_ _Color light is made of electric conversion zone and the light of three colors is made up of three inorganic layers; (7) Two photoelectric conversions are stacked on top of each other in two layers and light of side color, while the inorganic layer side is other The structure of the light of two colors; and (3) the three photoelectric conversion regions are stacked on each other in three layers and the light of three colors, and the structure of the light of the other color on the side of the inorganic layer. The imaging device 200 can have a separate debt test allowed by a pixel A structure of light of a color. The structure in this case corresponds to a structure which does not have the p region 2, the n region 3, and the p region 4 in the diagram shown in Fig. 2. The inorganic layer will now be described in more detail. Examples of suitable structures for the layer include not only the light guide type, the pn junction type, the Schottky junction type, the PIN junction type, and the MSM (metal-semiconductor_metal) type photoreceptor structure, but also the photonic crystal type. The structure of the photoreceptor. As shown in FIG. 2, it is particularly suitable to use an inorganic layer formed by alternately stacking first and second conductive regions in a layer in a single semiconductor substrate, wherein the first conductive region is of a conductive type Contrary to the second conductive region, and establishing a junction between the first conductive region and the second conductive region at a depth suitable for photoelectric conversion of light generally included in any of the different wavelength bands. Single crystal germanium is suitable as a single The semiconductor substrate can be separated by the absorption wavelength characteristic depending on the depth direction of the viewing plate. InGaN type, inAIN type, ΙnΑΙΡ type or InGaAlP type semiconductor can also be used as the inorganic layer. Semiconductors. InGaN-type semiconductors are designed to have their respective absorption maxima in the wavelength range of blue light by changing their In content as appropriate. In other words, the composition is in the formula InxGa^N (0$X&lt;1). Table 57 201143183 These compound semiconductors are produced by a metal organic chemical vapor deposition method (M0CVD method), and an InAIN type nitride semiconductor such as an InGaN type semiconductor having A1 (which is the same as Ga as the 13th group) can be generally used. As a short-wave photoreceptor, alternatively, ΙηΑΙΡ and InGaAlP which are lattice-matched to a GaAs substrate can be used. Each inorganic semiconductor can form an embedded structure. The term "embedded structure" means that the two ends of the short-wave photoreceptor portion are different from the short-wavelength photosensitive. A semiconductor-covered structure of a semiconductor used in the device. The semiconductor covering both ends is preferably a conductor having a band gap wavelength equal to or shorter than the band gap wavelength of the short wave photoreceptor. Materials which can be used for the first electrode film 11 and the second electrode film 13 are, for example, metals, alloys, metal oxides, conductive compounds or various mixtures of these. Examples of useful metal species include a combination of meta-series selected from the group consisting of mK, Ca, Rb, Sr, Cs, Ba, t2.

Sc、Ti、Y、Zr、Hf、V、Nb、Ta、Cr、Mo、W、Mn、Tc、Sc, Ti, Y, Zr, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Tc,

Re、Fe、RU、〇s、c〇、Rh、Ir、Ni、Pd、Pt、Cu、Ag、 Au、Zn、Cd、A卜 Ga、In、Ή、Si、Ge、Sn、Pb、p、As、Re, Fe, RU, 〇s, c〇, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, Cd, A, Ga, In, Ή, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, p, As,

Sb、Bi、Se、Te、P〇、Br、I、At、B、C、N、F、〇、s 及N。尤其適用之金屬物質之實例包括A1、丹、貨、、Sb, Bi, Se, Te, P〇, Br, I, At, B, C, N, F, 〇, s, and N. Examples of particularly suitable metallic materials include A1, Dan, cargo, and

Ag、Ta、Cu、Cr、Mo、Ti、Ni、Pd 及 Zn。 第一電極膜11自包括於中間層12中之電洞可輸送光 電轉換層或電洞輸送層取出電洞並收集其,因此考慮以下 因素來進行選擇:對諸如電洞可輸送光電轉換層及電洞輸 送層之相鄰層的黏附、電子親和力、游離電位、穩定性等1 58 201143183 另一方面’第二電極膜13自包括於中間層12中之電子可 輸送光電轉換層或電子輸送層取出電子並放出,因此考慮 以下因素來進行選擇:對諸如電子可輸送光電轉換層及電 子f送層之相鄰層的黏附、電子親和力、游離電位、穩定 陸等。用於這些膜之材料之實例包括導電金屬氧化物,諸 如氧化錫、氧化鋅、氧化銦及氧化銦錫(ITO);金屬,諸 如金二銀、鉻及鎳;這些金屬與導電金屬氧化物之混合物 或層壓物;無機導電物質,諸如碘化銅及硫化銅;有機導 電材料,諸如聚苯胺、聚噻吩及聚吡咯;矽化合物;及矽 化合物與ITO之層壓物。在這些材料中,導電金屬氧化物 優於其他材料,且就生產力、高導電率及透明度來看,尤 其宜使用ITO及IZO。 根據所用材料採用各種方法來製造電極。在IT0之情 况下,例如可利用電子束法、濺鍍法、電阻加熱蒸發法、 化學反應法(溶膠-凝膠法)缝佈氧化銦錫分散液之方法 來形成膜。在ΙΤΟ之情況下,可對所形成之ΙΤ〇膜進行 UV-臭氧處理或電漿處理。 以下提及形成透明電極膜時的條件。在形成透明電極 膜時,絲板的溫度較料5W(:或低於·。C,更 300°c或低於30(TC,更佳為200。(:或低於·。c,更佳為 =〇°C或低於15G°C。此外’可在透明電極卿成期間引入 氣體。引入氣體之種類不限於特定某一種,而可引入八『、 He、氧氣、氮氣及其類似物中之任—者。或者,可使 些氣體之混合物。尤其在氧化物材料之情況下,所形成之 59 201143183 〇/ozjpif 臈常顯現氧缺陷,因此宜引入氧氣β β用3,膜之表面電阻之適合範圍根據透明電極膜 疋用於第-電極膜11還是用於第二電極膜 月電極膜 信號讀出區具有CM0S結構時,透明電極=。當 ϊίΓ,000歐姆/平方(Ω/口)或低於1〇,_歐姆/平^交 更佳為1,000歐姆/平方或低於〗,〇〇〇歐姆/ 號讀出區具有CCD結構時,表面電阻較。至當信 平方或低於1,000歐姆/平方,mg 1() ^ ,歐姆/ 100歐妞/芈* £ 士 歐姆/平方或低於Ag, Ta, Cu, Cr, Mo, Ti, Ni, Pd and Zn. The first electrode film 11 can transport the photoelectric conversion layer or the hole transport layer from the hole included in the intermediate layer 12 to take out the hole and collect it, so the selection is made in consideration of the following factors: the photoelectric conversion layer can be transported to a hole such as a hole Adhesion, electron affinity, free potential, stability, etc. of adjacent layers of the hole transport layer 1 58 201143183 On the other hand, the 'second electrode film 13 from the electron transportable photoelectric conversion layer or electron transport layer included in the intermediate layer 12 The electrons are taken out and released, so the selection is made in consideration of adhesion to an adjacent layer such as an electron transportable photoelectric conversion layer and an electron f-feed layer, electron affinity, free potential, stable land, and the like. Examples of materials for these films include conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, and indium tin oxide (ITO); metals such as gold di silver, chromium, and nickel; these metals and conductive metal oxides Mixture or laminate; inorganic conductive materials such as copper iodide and copper sulfide; organic conductive materials such as polyaniline, polythiophene and polypyrrole; anthraquinone compounds; and laminates of bismuth compounds with ITO. Among these materials, conductive metal oxides are superior to other materials, and ITO and IZO are particularly suitable for productivity, high electrical conductivity, and transparency. Various methods are used to fabricate the electrodes depending on the materials used. In the case of IT0, for example, a film can be formed by a method of sewing an indium tin oxide dispersion by an electron beam method, a sputtering method, a resistance heating evaporation method, or a chemical reaction method (sol-gel method). In the case of ruthenium, the formed ruthenium film may be subjected to UV-ozone treatment or plasma treatment. The conditions at the time of forming the transparent electrode film are mentioned below. When the transparent electrode film is formed, the temperature of the wire plate is 5 W (or lower than · C, more 300 ° C or lower than 30 (TC, more preferably 200. (or less than · c, better). It is = 〇 ° C or lower than 15 ° ° C. In addition, 'the gas can be introduced during the transparent electrode. The type of the introduced gas is not limited to a specific one, but can be introduced into the eight, He, oxygen, nitrogen and the like. Or the gas can be mixed. Especially in the case of oxide materials, the formation of 59 201143183 〇 / ozjpif 臈 often shows oxygen defects, so it is appropriate to introduce oxygen β β with 3, the surface resistance of the film The suitable range is based on whether the transparent electrode film is used for the first electrode film 11 or for the second electrode film. The signal electrode readout region of the moon electrode film has a CMOS structure, and the transparent electrode = when ϊίΓ, 000 ohms/square (Ω/□) Or less than 1 〇, _ ohms / ping is better than 1,000 ohms / square or less, when the ohmic / horn reading area has a CCD structure, the surface resistance is relatively. When the letter squared or low At 1,000 ohms/square, mg 1 () ^ , ohm / 100 ohm / 芈 * £ ohm / square or lower

,姆/千方。另一方面,用作第二電極臈U 極膜之表面電阻較佳為_,_歐姆/平 = 1’〇〇〇,〇〇〇歐姆/平方’更佳為1〇〇〇〇〇歐 戍低於 100,000歐姆/平方。 丁乃及低於 尤其適用作透明電極膜材料之材料為ITO、Izo、 Sn02、ΑΤΟ (摻銻氧化錫)、Ζη〇、ΑΖ〇 (推αι氧化辞)、 GZO (摻鎵氧化鋅)、Ti〇2及FT〇 (摻氣氧化錫)十之任 一者。 透明電極膜在併入包括透明電極膜之光電轉換區中 的光電轉賴之魏峰波長下的透光雜佳為·或超過 60%,更佳為80%或超過80%,更佳為90%或超過9〇%, 更佳為95%或超過95%。 當堆疊超過一個中間層丨2時,包括於各中間層12中 的第一電極膜U及第二電極膜13需要允許波長不為由包 括於相關中間層中之光電轉換層所偵測之光的波長之光穿 過’不管光電轉換層位於靠近光入射侧還是遠離光入射 201143183 侧’因此宜使用能夠透射90%或超過90%,較佳95%或超 過95%之入射於其上之可見光的材料作為電極膜材祠° 第二電極膜13較佳在無電漿條件下形成。藉由在無 電漿·條件下形成第二電極膜13,可減少電聚對基板之影 響,藉此可使光電轉換特徵更佳。如本文中所用之術語「無 電漿條件」意謂在第二電極膜13形成期間不產生電漿的&amp; 件或在電漿源與基板之間的距離為2公分或超過2公分, 較佳10公分或超過10公分’更佳20公分或超過2〇公分, 從而減少到達基板之電漿量的條件。 至於在第二電極膜13形成期間不產生電漿之設備, 例如電子束蒸發設備(EB蒸發設備)及脈衝_雷射蒸發設 備。可使用的電子束蒸發設備及脈衝雷射蒸發設備之實例 包括例如以下書中所述之設備:名稱為「T〇umd, m / thousand. On the other hand, the surface resistance used as the second electrode 臈U pole film is preferably _, _ ohm / flat = 1 '〇〇〇, 〇〇〇 ohm / square ' is preferably 1 〇〇〇〇〇 戍Below 100,000 ohms/square. Ding Nai and lower than the materials especially suitable for transparent electrode film materials are ITO, Izo, Sn02, yttrium (yttria-doped tin oxide), Ζη〇, ΑΖ〇 (pushing αι oxidized), GZO (gallium-doped zinc oxide), Ti 〇2 and FT〇 (aerated tin oxide) ten of any. The light transmittance of the transparent electrode film at the Wei peak wavelength of the photoelectric conversion in the photoelectric conversion region including the transparent electrode film is preferably more than 60%, more preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90%. % or more than 9〇%, more preferably 95% or more than 95%. When stacking more than one intermediate layer 丨2, the first electrode film U and the second electrode film 13 included in each intermediate layer 12 need to allow light whose wavelength is not detected by the photoelectric conversion layer included in the relevant intermediate layer The wavelength of light passes through 'whether the photoelectric conversion layer is located near the light incident side or away from the light incident 201143183 side'. Therefore, it is preferable to use visible light that can transmit 90% or more, preferably 95% or more than 95%. The material as the electrode film 祠° The second electrode film 13 is preferably formed under no plasma conditions. By forming the second electrode film 13 in the absence of plasma, the effect of electropolymerization on the substrate can be reduced, whereby the photoelectric conversion characteristics can be made better. The term "plasma-free conditions" as used herein means that the &amp;amplifier which does not generate plasma during the formation of the second electrode film 13 or the distance between the plasma source and the substrate is 2 cm or more, preferably 10 cm or more than 10 cm 'better 20 cm or more than 2 cm, thereby reducing the amount of plasma reaching the substrate. As for the apparatus which does not generate plasma during the formation of the second electrode film 13, for example, an electron beam evaporation apparatus (EB evaporation apparatus) and a pulse-laser evaporation apparatus. Examples of electron beam evaporation devices and pulsed laser evaporation devices that can be used include, for example, the devices described in the following book: "T〇umd"

Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai」在 Sawada Yutaka 編輯下發行 (CMC publishing CaLtd.,1999 年)的書;名稱為 r T〇umd Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai II」在 Sawada Ymaka 編輯下發 行(CMC publishing Co.Ltd. ’ 2002 年)的書;名稱為r T〇umeiDendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai" was published under the editorial of Sawada Yutaka (CMC publishing CaLtd., 1999); the name r T〇umd Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai II was issued under the editor of Sawada Ymaka (CMC publishing Co.Ltd. '2002' book; name is r T〇umei

Dendoumaku no Gijutsu」由 Nippon Gakujutsxi Shinkoukai (曰本學術振興會(japan Society for the Promotion of Science))編輯(且由OhmshaLtd.於1999年出版)之書; 及這些書中所附參考文獻。下文中,藉助於EB蒸發設備 形成透明電極膜之方法稱為EV蒸發法,且藉助於脈衝雷 射蒸發設備形成透明電極膜之方法稱為脈衝雷射蒸發法。 可考慮例如對置靶型濺鍍設備及電弧電漿蒸發設備 201143183 作為能夠達成電漿源與基板之間的距離為2公分或超過2 公分且減少到達基板之電漿量之條件的設備(下文中稱為 無電漿成膜設備)。設備之實例包括在例如以下書中所述之 §免備.名稱為「Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai」在Dendoumaku no Gijutsu" is edited by Nippon Gakujutsxi Shinkoukai (japan Society for the Promotion of Science) (and published by Ohmsha Ltd. in 1999); and references attached to these books. Hereinafter, a method of forming a transparent electrode film by means of an EB evaporation apparatus is called an EV evaporation method, and a method of forming a transparent electrode film by means of a pulsed laser evaporation apparatus is called a pulsed laser evaporation method. For example, an opposite target sputtering apparatus and an arc plasma evaporation apparatus 201143183 can be considered as a device capable of achieving a condition that the distance between the plasma source and the substrate is 2 cm or more and the amount of plasma reaching the substrate is reduced (under This is called a plasmaless film forming equipment). Examples of equipment include, for example, § exemption as described in the following book. The name is "Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai" at

Sawada Yutaka 編輯下發行(CMC publishing Co.Ltd.,1999 年)的書’名稱為「Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai II」 在 Sawada Yutaka 編輯下發行(CMC publishing Co.Ltd., 2002 年)的書,名稱為「T〇umei Dendoumaku no Gijutsu」 由Nippon Gakujutsu Shinkoukai(曰本學術振興會)編輯(且 由Ohmsha Ltd.於1999年出版)之書;及這些書中所附參 考文獻。 當諸如tco膜之透明導電膜用作第二電極膜13時, 可能發生直流短路或漏電流增大之情況。認為這些情況之 原因之一在於光電轉換層123中產生之細小裂痕由諸如 TCO膜之緻密膜覆蓋,導致提供於光電轉換層之相對面上 的第二電極膜13與第一電極膜u之間的導電性增加。因 此,在諸如膜品質上不如TCO之A1膜之電極中,不容易 引起漏電流增大。藉由㈣於光電轉換層123之厚度(或 ,痕冰度)控制第二電極膜13之厚度,可極大地抑制漏電 流增大°第二電極膜13之厚度宜調整為至多光電轉換層 123之厚度的五分之一,較佳十分之一。 •止雖然電阻陡增—般由導電膜厚度減小超過某一範圍 二ί成但根據本發明之—實施例的固態成像裝置200中 的較佳薄層電阻可在1⑻歐姆/平方至10,_歐姆/平方之 62 201143183 範圍内,因此裝置之膜厚度可減 膜之厚度越薄’由膜吸收的光之量 層,之光吸收增加且光電轉換功 率提高與膜厚度減小有關^ 米至⑽奈米,更佳為5奈米至 2υ奈米。 適用於透明電轉之材料為可藉助於無電I成膜設 備、ΕΒ蒸發設備或脈衝雷射蒸發設備形成膜之材料。材料 較佳為金屬、合金、金屬氧化物、金屬氮化物、金屬蝴化 物、有機導f化合物或其兩者或_兩者之混合物。這些 材料之實例包括導電金;|氧化物,諸如氡化錫、氧化辞: 氧化銦、氧化銦辞(ιζο)、氧化銦錫(ΙΤ〇)及氧化鋼鎮 (IWO);金屬氮化物,諸如氮化鈦;金屬,諸如金、鉑、 銀、鉻、鎳及鋁;這些金屬與導電金屬氧化物之混合物或 層壓物;無機導電物質,諸如碘化銅及硫化銅;有機導電 材料,諸如聚苯胺、聚噻吩及聚吡咯;及這些導電材料與 ΙΤΟ之層壓物。此外,亦可使用在以下書中詳細描述之材 料:名稱為「Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai」在 Sawada Yutaka 編輯下發行(CMC Publishing Co.Ltd.,1999 年)的 書’名稱為「Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai II」在 SawadaYutaka 編輯下發行(CMC Publishing Co.Ltd.,2002 年)的書;名稱為「Toumei Dendoumaku no Gijutsu」由 Nippon Gakujutsu Shinkoukai (曰本學術振興會)編輯(且 63 201143183f 由OhmshaLtd.於1999年出版)之書等。 圖4為關於本發明之第三實施例的成像裝置之剖面示 意圖。根據圖2中所示實施例之成像裝置經^態以^矽= 板内部具有兩個以層形式堆疊於彼此之上的光電二極體: 而根據此實施例之成像裝置的不同之處在於其經組態以具 有兩個在平行於半導體基板表面之水平方向上以保^離 之狀態並置之光電二極體。 此成像裝置300之一像素經組態以包括n型矽基板 Π,以及由形成於η型矽基板17上之第一電極膜3〇、形 成於第一電極膜30上之中間層31及形成於中間層31上之 第二電極膜32構成的光電轉換區《在光電轉換區上形成具 有孔之遮光膜34,藉此限制中間層31之光接收區域。此 外,透明絕緣膜33形成於遮光膜34上。 第一電極膜30、中間層31及第二電極膜32之組成分 別與圖1之說明中所述之第一電極膜u、中間層12及第 二電極膜13的組成相同。 在位於遮光膜34之孔下面的n型矽基板17之表面部 分中,並排形成由η區域19及p區域18構成的光電二極 體及由η區域21及ρ區域20構成的光電二極體^ η型矽 基板17之表面上的任何方向均垂直於入射光之入射方向。 透過Β光之彩色濾光片28經由透明絕緣膜24形成於 由η區域19及ρ區域18構成的光電二極體上,且上面形 成第一電極膜30»且透過R光之彩色濾光片29經由透明 絕緣膜24形成於由η區域21及ρ區域2〇構成的光電二極 64 2011431¾ 體上’且上面形成第一電極膜30。彩色濾光片28之周邊 及彩色濾光片29之周邊以透明絕緣膜25覆蓋。 由η區域19及p區域18構成之光電二極體吸收穿過 彩色濾光片28之Β光,且響應所吸收之Β光產生電洞。 產生之電洞積聚在ρ區域18中。另一方面,由η區域21 及ρ區域20構成之光電二極體吸收穿過彩色濾光片29之 R光’且響應所吸收之R光產生電洞。產生之電洞積聚在 ρ區域20中。 在由遮光膜34遮蔽光的η型矽基板17表面部分中, 形成Ρ+區域23,且ρ+區域由η區域22包圍。ρ+區域23經 由在絕緣膜24及25中鑽出之孔中形成的連接區27電連接 至第一電極膜30,且經由連接區27積聚在第一電極膜30 中收集之電洞。連接區27藉由絕緣膜26與其周圍除第一 電極膜30及ρ+區域23外之環境電絕緣。 積聚在ρ區域18中之電洞藉助於由形成於η型矽基 板Π中之ρ通道MOS電晶體構成的MOS電路(圖中未 展示)轉化為響應其電荷量之信號,積聚在ρ區域20中之 電洞藉助於由形成於η型矽基板17中之ρ通道MOS電晶 體構成的MOS電路(圖中未展示)轉化為響應其電荷量 之信號,積聚在ρ+區域23中之電洞藉助於由形成於η區 域22中之ρ通道MOS電晶體構成的MOS電路(圖中未 展示)轉化為響應其電荷量之信號,且所有這些信號均輸 出至成像裝置300之外部。這些MOS電路構成信號讀出 區。各MOS電路藉由配線35連接至信號讀出墊(圖中未 65 201143183 展示)。 或者,信號讀出區可由CCD及放大器而非M〇s電路 構成。更詳言之,信號讀出區可經組態以在形成於n型矽 基板内部之CCD中讀取在p區域18、p區域2〇及p+區域 23中積聚之電洞,用CCD將電洞轉移至放大器中,且輸 出響應來自放大器之電洞的信號Μ言號讀出區可具有CCD 結構或CMOS結構,但就功率消耗、高速讀出、像素添加、 部分讀出等而言,CMOS結構較佳。 雖然在圖4中所示之裝置中R光與B光之間的分色藉 由彩色濾光片28及29進行,但裝置不必配備彩色濾光片 28及29,而是可經組態以分別適當地調整p區域2〇與η 區域21之間及ρ區域18與η區域19之間的ρη接面之深 度,且由光電二極體吸收r光及Β光。在此情況下,可在 η型矽基板17與第一電極膜30之間(例如在絕緣膜24與 η型矽基板17之間)形成由無機材料構成之無機光電轉換 區,以允許吸收已穿過中間層31之光,響應光產生電荷及 積聚這些電荷。在此情況下,基本上僅在η型矽基板17 内部提供用於讀出響應在無機光電轉換區之電荷積聚區域 積聚的電荷之信號的MOS電路且配線35亦連接至此MOS 電路。 在另一情況下,裝置可具有以下結構:一個光電二極 體提供於η型矽基板17内部且兩個或超過兩個光電轉換區 在η型矽基板17上方以層形式堆疊於彼此之上。在另一情 況下’裝置可具有以下結構:兩個或超過兩個光電二極體 66 201143183 提供於n型矽基板π内部,且除此之外,兩個或超過兩個 光電轉換區在n型矽基板17上方以層形式堆疊於彼此之 上。另一方面,除非需要形成彩色影像,否則裝置可具有 以下結構:一個光電二極體提供於矽基板17内部且僅 一個光電轉換區堆疊呈一層。 圖5為顯示關於本發明之第四實施例的成像裝置之單 像素部分之剖面示意圖。根據使用圖2及圖4說明之實施 例,用於光電轉換之光電二極體提供於半導體基板内部, 而本實施例中的裝置具有以下結構:僅信號讀出電路提供 於半導體基板内部且三個光電轉換層(亦即用於偵測R光 之光電轉換層、用於偵測G光之光電轉換層及用於偵測b 光之光電轉換層)在半導體基板上方堆疊於彼此之上。 更特定言之,圖5中所示之成像裝置400具有以下結 構·包括第一電極膜56、堆疊於第一電極膜56上之中間 層57及堆疊於中間層57上之第二電極膜58的R光電轉 換區、包括第一電極膜6〇、堆疊於第一電極膜6〇上之中 間層61及以層形式堆疊於中間層61上之第二電極膜62 的B光電轉換區、及包括第一電極膜64、堆疊於第一電極 膜64上之中間層65及堆疊於中間層65上之第二電極膜 66的G光電轉換區以所提及之順序以層形式堆疊於矽基 板41之上’呈各第一電極膜面向石夕基板々I之側的狀態。 透明絕緣膜48形成於矽基板41上且上面形成R光電 轉換區。上面進一步形成透明絕緣膜59。上面更進一步形 成B光電轉換區。透明絕緣膜63形成於此區上。G光電 67 201143183The book entitled "Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai II" issued by Sawada Yutaka under the editorial release (CMC publishing Co. Ltd., 1999) is published under the editor of Sawada Yutaka (CMC publishing Co. Ltd., 2002). The name "T〇umei Dendoumaku no Gijutsu" is edited by Nippon Gakujutsu Shinkoukai (published by Ohmsha Ltd. in 1999); and the references attached to these books. When a transparent conductive film such as a tco film is used as the second electrode film 13, a DC short circuit or an increase in leakage current may occur. One of the reasons for considering these cases is that fine cracks generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 are covered by a dense film such as a TCO film, resulting in a gap between the second electrode film 13 and the first electrode film u provided on the opposite faces of the photoelectric conversion layer. The conductivity increases. Therefore, in an electrode such as an A1 film whose film quality is not as good as TCO, it is not easy to cause an increase in leakage current. By controlling the thickness of the second electrode film 13 at the thickness (or the trace thickness) of the photoelectric conversion layer 123, the leakage current can be greatly suppressed. The thickness of the second electrode film 13 should be adjusted to at most the photoelectric conversion layer 123. One fifth of the thickness, preferably one tenth. However, although the resistance is steeply increased, the thickness of the conductive film is reduced by more than a certain range, but the preferable sheet resistance in the solid-state imaging device 200 according to the embodiment of the present invention may be 1 (8) ohm/square to 10, _ ohm / square 62 201143183 range, so the film thickness of the device can reduce the thickness of the film is thinner 'the amount of light absorbed by the film, the light absorption increases and the photoelectric conversion power increases with the film thickness reduction ^ (10) Nano, more preferably 5 nm to 2 N. Materials suitable for transparent electrorotation are materials which can be formed into films by means of an electroless I film forming apparatus, a helium evaporation apparatus or a pulsed laser evaporation apparatus. The material is preferably a metal, an alloy, a metal oxide, a metal nitride, a metal halide, an organic derivative, or a mixture of both or both. Examples of such materials include conductive gold; | oxides such as antimony telluride, oxidized words: indium oxide, indium oxide (indium oxide), indium tin oxide (yttrium) and oxidized steel (IWO); metal nitrides, such as Titanium nitride; metals such as gold, platinum, silver, chromium, nickel and aluminum; mixtures or laminates of these metals with conductive metal oxides; inorganic conductive materials such as copper iodide and copper sulfide; organic conductive materials such as Polyaniline, polythiophene and polypyrrole; and laminates of these conductive materials with ruthenium. In addition, you can also use the material described in detail in the following book: "Toumei Dendoumaku no Shin-Tenkai", published under the editor of Sawada Yutaka (CMC Publishing Co. Ltd., 1999), entitled "Toumei Dendoumaku no" Shin-Tenkai II" is published under the editorial of Sawada Yutaka (CMC Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002); the name "Toumei Dendoumaku no Gijutsu" was edited by Nippon Gakujutsu Shinkoukai (Sakamoto Academic Promotion Association) (and 63 201143183f by OhmshaLtd . published in 1999) and so on. Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an image forming apparatus relating to a third embodiment of the present invention. The image forming apparatus according to the embodiment shown in Fig. 2 is configured to have two photodiodes stacked in layers on each other inside the panel: and the image forming apparatus according to this embodiment is different in that It is configured to have two photodiodes juxtaposed in a state parallel to the surface of the semiconductor substrate in a horizontal direction. One of the pixels of the image forming apparatus 300 is configured to include an n-type germanium substrate, and an intermediate layer 31 formed on the first electrode film 30 and formed by the first electrode film 3 formed on the n-type germanium substrate 17 and formed. The photoelectric conversion region constituted by the second electrode film 32 on the intermediate layer 31 forms a light shielding film 34 having a hole on the photoelectric conversion region, thereby restricting the light receiving region of the intermediate layer 31. Further, a transparent insulating film 33 is formed on the light shielding film 34. The compositions of the first electrode film 30, the intermediate layer 31, and the second electrode film 32 are the same as those of the first electrode film u, the intermediate layer 12, and the second electrode film 13 described in the description of Fig. 1, respectively. In the surface portion of the n-type germanium substrate 17 located under the hole of the light shielding film 34, a photodiode composed of the n region 19 and the p region 18 and a photodiode composed of the n region 21 and the p region 20 are formed side by side. ^ Any direction on the surface of the n-type germanium substrate 17 is perpendicular to the incident direction of the incident light. The color filter 28 is formed on the photodiode composed of the n region 19 and the p region 18 via the transparent insulating film 24, and the first electrode film 30» is formed thereon and the color filter is transmitted through the R light. 29 is formed on the photodiode 64 20114313 body formed of the n region 21 and the p region 2 经由 via the transparent insulating film 24 and the first electrode film 30 is formed on the upper surface. The periphery of the color filter 28 and the periphery of the color filter 29 are covered with a transparent insulating film 25. The photodiode composed of the η region 19 and the p region 18 absorbs the luminescence passing through the color filter 28, and generates a hole in response to the absorbed luminescence. The resulting holes accumulate in the p region 18. On the other hand, the photodiode composed of the η region 21 and the ρ region 20 absorbs the R light' passing through the color filter 29 and generates a hole in response to the absorbed R light. The resulting holes accumulate in the ρ region 20. In the surface portion of the n-type germanium substrate 17 which shields light by the light shielding film 34, the Ρ+ region 23 is formed, and the ρ+ region is surrounded by the η region 22. The ρ+ region 23 is electrically connected to the first electrode film 30 via the connection region 27 formed in the holes drilled in the insulating films 24 and 25, and the holes collected in the first electrode film 30 are accumulated via the connection region 27. The connection region 27 is electrically insulated from the environment around the first electrode film 30 and the p+ region 23 by the insulating film 26. The holes accumulated in the p region 18 are converted into signals in response to the charge amount thereof by means of a MOS circuit (not shown) formed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n-type germanium substrate, and accumulated in the p region 20 The hole in the middle is converted into a hole in the ρ+ region 23 by means of a MOS circuit (not shown) formed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n-type germanium substrate 17 in response to a signal of its charge amount. A MOS circuit (not shown) composed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n region 22 is converted into a signal responsive to the amount of charge thereof, and all of these signals are output to the outside of the image forming apparatus 300. These MOS circuits constitute a signal readout area. Each MOS circuit is connected to the signal readout pad by wiring 35 (not shown in Fig. 65 201143183). Alternatively, the signal readout area may be formed by a CCD and an amplifier instead of an M〇s circuit. More specifically, the signal readout area can be configured to read the holes accumulated in the p-region 18, the p-region 2〇, and the p+ region 23 in the CCD formed inside the n-type germanium substrate, and the electricity is charged by the CCD. The hole is transferred to the amplifier, and the output signal response from the hole of the amplifier can be CCD structure or CMOS structure, but in terms of power consumption, high-speed readout, pixel addition, partial readout, etc., CMOS The structure is better. Although the color separation between the R light and the B light in the apparatus shown in FIG. 4 is performed by the color filters 28 and 29, the apparatus does not have to be provided with the color filters 28 and 29, but can be configured to The depths of the pn junction between the p region 2 〇 and the η region 21 and between the ρ region 18 and the η region 19 are appropriately adjusted, and the photodiode absorbs r light and luminescence. In this case, an inorganic photoelectric conversion region composed of an inorganic material may be formed between the n-type germanium substrate 17 and the first electrode film 30 (for example, between the insulating film 24 and the n-type germanium substrate 17) to allow absorption. Light passing through the intermediate layer 31 generates charges and accumulates these charges in response to the light. In this case, the MOS circuit for reading out the signal of the charge accumulated in the charge accumulation region of the inorganic photoelectric conversion region is provided substantially only inside the n-type germanium substrate 17 and the wiring 35 is also connected to this MOS circuit. In another case, the device may have a structure in which one photodiode is provided inside the n-type germanium substrate 17 and two or more than two photoelectric conversion regions are stacked on each other in a layer form above the n-type germanium substrate 17. . In another case, the device may have the following structure: two or more than two photodiodes 66 201143183 are provided inside the n-type germanium substrate π, and in addition, two or more than two photoelectric conversion regions are n The ruthenium substrate 17 is stacked on top of each other in layers. On the other hand, unless a color image needs to be formed, the device may have a structure in which one photodiode is provided inside the germanium substrate 17 and only one photoelectric conversion region is stacked in one layer. Fig. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a single pixel portion of an image forming apparatus according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention. According to the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 4, the photodiode for photoelectric conversion is provided inside the semiconductor substrate, and the device in this embodiment has the following structure: only the signal readout circuit is provided inside the semiconductor substrate and three The photoelectric conversion layers (that is, the photoelectric conversion layer for detecting R light, the photoelectric conversion layer for detecting G light, and the photoelectric conversion layer for detecting b light) are stacked on each other over the semiconductor substrate. More specifically, the image forming apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 5 has the following structure: a first electrode film 56, an intermediate layer 57 stacked on the first electrode film 56, and a second electrode film 58 stacked on the intermediate layer 57. R photoelectric conversion region, including a first electrode film 6〇, an intermediate layer 61 stacked on the first electrode film 6〇, and a B photoelectric conversion region of the second electrode film 62 stacked on the intermediate layer 61 in a layer form, and A G photoelectric conversion region including a first electrode film 64, an intermediate layer 65 stacked on the first electrode film 64, and a second electrode film 66 stacked on the intermediate layer 65 is stacked in a layer form on the germanium substrate in the order mentioned Above 41 is a state in which each of the first electrode films faces the side of the substrate 々I. A transparent insulating film 48 is formed on the ruthenium substrate 41 and has an R photoelectric conversion region formed thereon. A transparent insulating film 59 is further formed on the upper surface. The B photoelectric conversion region is further formed above. A transparent insulating film 63 is formed on this region. G photoelectric 67 201143183

轉換區形成於膜63上,且上面形成具有孔之遮光膜。 透明絕緣膜67形成於遮光膜68上。 包括於G光電轉換區中的第一電極膜64、中間層幻 及第二電麵66之組成分別與圖2說明中描述之第一 ^ 膜η、中間層12及第二電極膜13之組成相同。同樣,勺 括於Β光電轉換區中的第—電極膜6()、中間層&amp;及第= 電極膜62之組成分別與圖2說明中描述之第-電極^ 1卜中間層12及第二電極膜13之組成相同,且包括於及 光電轉換區中的第-電極膜56、中間層57及第二電極 58之組成分別與圖2說財描述之第_電極膜⑴令、 12及第二電極膜13之組成相同。 然而’併入B光電轉換區中的光電轉換層使用能夠吸 收藍光且響應由此吸收之光產生電子及電洞的材料,且 入R光電轉換區㈣光電轉換歧用能触收紅光且響 由此吸收之光產生電子及電洞的材料。 ‘、 至於併人巾間層61及57每-者中之電子及電洞阻播 層各阻擋層之成伤及組成宜經適當地選擇,以避免在各 中間層中光電轉換膜之H0M0及LUM〇能階與各中間層 中鄰接光1:轉換膜之各卩續層^J HQMQ及LUM〇能階之 間產生信號電荷輸送的能量障壁。 在由遮光膜68遮蔽光的矽基板41表面部分中,形成 P+區域:43、45及47,且其分別由n區域42、料及奶包 圍。Ρ+區域43經由在絕緣膜48中鑽出之孔中形成的連接 區54電連接至第-電極膜56,且經由連接區%積聚在第 68 201143183 一電極膜56中收集之電洞。連接區54藉由絕緣膜51與其 周圍除第一電極膜56及ρ+區域43外之環境電絕緣。 P+區域45經由在絕緣膜48、R光電轉換區及絕緣膜 59中鑽出之孔中形成的連接區53電連接至第一電極膜 60’且經由連接區53積聚在第一電極膜60中收集之電洞。 連接區53藉由絕緣膜50與其周圍除第一電極膜60及p+ 區域45外之環境電絕緣。 P+區域47經由在絕緣膜48、R光電轉換區、絕緣膜 59、B光電轉換區及絕緣膜63中鑽出之孔中形成的連接區 52電連接至第一電極膜64,且經由連接區52積聚在第一 電極膜64中收集之電洞。連接區52藉由絕緣膜49與其周 圍除第一電極膜64及p+區域47外之環境電絕緣。 在P+區域43中積聚之電洞藉助於由形成於η區域42 中之ρ通道MOS電晶體構成的MOS電路(圖中未展示) 轉化為響應其電荷量之信號,在ρ+區域45中積聚之電洞 藉助於由形成於η區域44中之ρ通道MOS電晶體構成之 MOS電路(圖中未展示)轉化為響應其電荷量之信號,在 Ρ+區域47中積聚之電洞藉助於由形成於η區域46中之ρ 通道MOS電晶體構成之MOS電路(圖中未展示)轉化為 響應其電荷量之信號,且所有這些信號均輸出至成像裴置 400之外部。這些MOS電路構成信號讀出區。各]v[〇s電 路藉由配線55連接至信號讀出墊(圖中未展示)。或者, 信號讀出區可如上所提及由CCD及放大器構成。 另一方面,亦可在η型矽基板41與第一電極獏56之 69 201143183t 間(例如在絕緣膜48與矽基板41之間)形成由無機材料 構成之無機光電轉換區,以允許接收已穿過中間層57、61 及65之光’響應接收之光產生電荷及積聚這些電荷。在此 情況下’基本上僅在矽基板41内部提供用於讀出響應在無 機光電轉換區之電荷積聚區域積聚的電荷之信號的MOS 電路且配線55連接至此MOS電路。 在以上說明中,術語「吸收B光之光電轉換層」是指 可至少吸收波長在400奈米至500奈米範圍内之光且較佳 在所述波長範圍内的峰值波長下具有50%或超過50%之吸 收因子之層,術語「吸收G光之光電轉換層」是指可至少 吸收波長在500奈米至600奈米範圍内之光且較佳在所述 波長範圍内之峰值波長下具有50%或超過50%之吸收因子 之層’且術語「吸收R光之光電轉換層」是指可至少吸收 波長在600奈米至700奈米範圍内之光且較佳在所述波長 範圍内之峰值波長下具有50%或超過50%之吸收因子之 層。 在本實施例中,提供三個光電轉換層。分別由這些光 電轉換層偵測之光的顏色無特別順序。自入射光侧(上層 侧)來看,可想到以BGR、BRG、GBR、GRB、RBG或 RGB之順序偵測顏色之圖案。在這些圖案中,〇偵測出現 在最上層之圖案優於其他圖案。另一方面,在圖4中所示 之實施例中’可採用以下組合:R層上層與藉由使B層與 G層並置於同一平面中而形成之下層的組合、B層上層與 藉由使G層與R層並置於同一平面中而形成之下層的組 201143183 _ 1 合、,或G層上層與藉由使B層與R層並置於同一平面中 而开/成之下層的組合。在這些組合巾,G層上層且藉由使 B層與R層並置於同一平面巾而形成之下層的組合優於立 他組合。 一,6為在本發明之第五實施例中的成像裝置5〇〇之剖 7示思圖。圖6中,一起說明在偵測光且積聚電荷之像素 區域中的兩個像素部分之剖面圖'連接至像素區域中之電 極的配線、及形成連接至配線之接合墊的周邊電路區域之 剖面圖。 p區域421形成於像素區域中的η型矽基板413之表 面部分中,且η區域422形成於ρ區域421之表面部分中。 Ρ區域423形成於η區域422之表面部分中。各編號為「424」 之η區域進一步形成於ρ區域423之表面部分中。 ρ區域421積聚由與η型矽基板413之ρη接合光電轉 換的紅色(R)組份之電洞。由R組份之電洞積聚造成的 ρ區域421之電位變化經由連接形成於η型矽基板413内 部之MOS電晶體426與信號讀出墊427的金屬配線419, 自MOS電晶體426進入信號讀出墊427中讀取。 ρ區域423積聚由與η區域422之ρη接合光電轉化的 藍色(Β)組份之電洞。由Β組份之電洞積聚造成的ρ區 域423之電位變化經由連接形成於η區域422内部之MOS 電晶體426’與信號讀出墊427的金屬配線419,自MOS電 晶體426·進入信號讀出墊427中讀取。 在η區域424内部形成電洞積聚區域425,其包括積 71 201143183t 聚在堆疊於n型矽基板413之上的光電轉換層123中產生 的綠色(G)組份之電洞的p區域。由G組份之電洞積聚 造成的電洞積聚區域425之電位變化經由連接形成於n區 域424内部之MOS電晶體426,,與信號讀出墊427的金屬 配線419,自MOS電晶體426”進入信號讀出墊427中讀 取。在一般情況下,針對分別讀取三種顏色組份之每一電 晶體提供不同信號讀出墊427。 Ρ區域、η區域、電晶體、金屬配線等在本文中示意 性說明,其各別結構等不限於所說明之結構,但適當時可 選擇最佳者。因為根據矽基板之深度分離Β光與R光,所 以石夕基板表面之下的ρη接合之深度、諸如_劑之雜質之 濃度等的選擇為重要的1於錢CM〇s^像感測器之技 術可應用於充當錢讀出區之CM〇s電路。不僅可應用低 雜訊讀出行放大器㈤umnamp脑〇及⑽電路:而且 亦可應用允許每-像素區域中之f晶體數目減少的電路結 3化矽、氮化矽或其類似物作為主要成份的透 Γ成於η型縣板413上。含有氧切、氮, 二?為主要成份的透明絕緣膜4U形成於絕〗 夕人*、緣膜412之厚度越薄,所得結果越佳。詳_ 之〜適厚度為5 «或低於5微米,較料 於3微米,更佳為2微米或低於2微米佳二 低於1微米。 尺住马1微未! 含有例如鶴作為主要成份且電連接第—電極膜41q 72 201143183, 作為電洞積聚區域之p區域425的插塞415形成於絕緣膜 411及412内部。插塞415處於經由墊416在絕緣膜411 與絕緣膜412之間的界面處接合連接之狀態。其中所用之 墊416較佳為含有鋁作為主要成份的墊。金屬配線419、 電晶體426、426,及426”之閘電極等亦形成於絕緣膜412 内部。較佳提供包括金屬配線之障壁層。基於像素提供插 塞 415。 出於防止由n區域424與p區域425之間的pn接合 產生電荷而造成雜訊之目的,在絕緣膜411内部提供遮光 膜417。含有鎢、鋁或其類似物作為主要成份之膜一般用 作遮光膜417。在絕緣膜411内部形成接合墊42〇(用於自 外部供應電力之墊)及信號讀出墊427,且亦形成用於接 合墊420與稍後描述之第一電極膜414之間的電連接之金 屬配線(圖中未展示)β 在針對絕緣膜411内部每一像素提供之插塞415上形 成第一透明電極膜414。根據像素數目分割第一電極膜, 且每分割膜之尺寸決定光接收之面積。經由配線將來自 接合墊420之偏壓施加於第一電極414 ^宜設計一種藉由 將相對於稍後描述的第二電極膜405之負偏壓施加於第一 電極膜414而可在電洞積聚區域425中積聚電洞的結構。 具有與圖2中所示相同之結構的中間層12形成於第 一電極膜414上,且第二電極膜4〇5形成於此層上。 具有保護中間層12之功能且含有氮化矽或其類似物 作為主要成份的保護膜404形成於第二電極膜405上。在 73 201143183 2護膜404巾’在下面無第—電極削14存在於像素區域 之位置處製造-孔。在絕緣膜川及保護膜4〇4中在 接合塾420之-部分上方的位置處形成另—孔。且包括紹 或其類似物且電連接由這兩個孔暴露之第二電極膜405與 接σ墊420之部分的配線418形成於孔内部及保護膜4〇4 上,經由所述配線將電位施加於第二電極膜4〇5。亦可使 用含有鋁之合金(諸如A1_Si或A1_Cu)作為配線418之材 料。 含有氮化矽或其類似物作為主要組份且保護配線418 之保護膜403形成於配線418上,紅外線保護多層介電膜 402形成於保護膜403上,且抗反射膜4〇1形成於紅外線 保護多層介電膜402上。 第一電極膜414執行與圖2中所示第一電極膜11相 同之功能。且第二電極膜405執行與圖2中所示第二電極 膜13相同之功能。 藉由構成上述裝置,可經由用各像素偵測BGR三種 顏色之光實現彩色成像。根據圖6中所示之結構,R及B 用作兩個像素中的共用值,且B值單獨分離使用。因為G 之靈敏度對於影像形成相當重要,所以恰好所述結構允許 形成良好品質之彩色影像。 上文說明之成像裝置應用於數位相機、視訊相機、傳 真機、掃描機、影印機及其他成像裝置❺此外,其可用作 包括生物感測器及化學感測器之光感測器。 在本發明實施例之說明中用於絕緣膜之材料之實例 201143183 包括金屬氧化物’諸如Si〇x、SiNx、BSG、PSG、BPSG、A conversion region is formed on the film 63, and a light shielding film having a hole is formed thereon. A transparent insulating film 67 is formed on the light shielding film 68. The composition of the first electrode film 64, the intermediate layer phantom, and the second electric surface 66 included in the G photoelectric conversion region is respectively composed of the first film η, the intermediate layer 12, and the second electrode film 13 described in the description of FIG. the same. Similarly, the composition of the first electrode film 6 (), the intermediate layer &amp; and the = electrode film 62 which are included in the photoelectric conversion region of the ruthenium, respectively, and the first electrode 12 and the intermediate layer 12 described in the description of FIG. The composition of the two-electrode film 13 is the same, and the composition of the first electrode film 56, the intermediate layer 57, and the second electrode 58 included in the photoelectric conversion region and the first electrode film (1), 12 and The composition of the second electrode film 13 is the same. However, the photoelectric conversion layer incorporated in the B photoelectric conversion region uses a material capable of absorbing blue light and generating electrons and holes in response to the light thus absorbed, and into the R photoelectric conversion region (4) photoelectric conversion dissimilarity can touch red light and ring The light thus absorbed produces electron and hole material. 'As for the damage and composition of the barrier layers of the electron and hole blocking layers in each of the inter-panel layers 61 and 57, it should be appropriately selected to avoid the H0M0 of the photoelectric conversion film in each intermediate layer. The LUM〇 energy level and the energy barrier of the signal charge transport between the adjacent layers of the transition layer 1J HQMQ and the LUM〇 energy level in each intermediate layer. In the surface portion of the ruthenium substrate 41 which is shielded by the light shielding film 68, P+ regions: 43, 45, and 47 are formed, and are surrounded by the n region 42, the material, and the milk, respectively. The Ρ+ region 43 is electrically connected to the first electrode film 56 via the connection region 54 formed in the hole drilled in the insulating film 48, and the hole collected in the electrode film 56 of the 68201143183 is accumulated via the connection region%. The connection region 54 is electrically insulated from the environment around the first electrode film 56 and the p+ region 43 by the insulating film 51. The P+ region 45 is electrically connected to the first electrode film 60' via the connection region 53 formed in the hole drilled in the insulating film 48, the R photoelectric conversion region, and the insulating film 59, and is accumulated in the first electrode film 60 via the connection region 53. Collect the holes. The connection region 53 is electrically insulated from the environment around the first electrode film 60 and the p+ region 45 by the insulating film 50. The P+ region 47 is electrically connected to the first electrode film 64 via the connection region 52 formed in the hole drilled in the insulating film 48, the R photoelectric conversion region, the insulating film 59, the B photoelectric conversion region, and the insulating film 63, and via the connection region 52 accumulates the holes collected in the first electrode film 64. The connection region 52 is electrically insulated from the environment except the first electrode film 64 and the p+ region 47 by the insulating film 49. The holes accumulated in the P+ region 43 are converted into a signal in response to the amount of charge thereof by means of a MOS circuit (not shown) formed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n region 42, and accumulated in the ρ+ region 45. The hole is converted into a signal responsive to the amount of charge thereof by a MOS circuit (not shown) formed of a p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n region 44, and the hole accumulated in the Ρ+ region 47 is thereby The MOS circuit (not shown) formed by the p-channel MOS transistor formed in the n region 46 is converted into a signal responsive to its charge amount, and all of these signals are output to the outside of the imaging device 400. These MOS circuits constitute a signal readout area. Each]v[〇s circuit is connected to the signal readout pad (not shown) by wiring 55. Alternatively, the signal readout area may be constructed of a CCD and an amplifier as mentioned above. On the other hand, an inorganic photoelectric conversion region made of an inorganic material may be formed between the n-type germanium substrate 41 and the first electrode 貘 56 69 201143183t (for example, between the insulating film 48 and the germanium substrate 41) to allow reception. The light passing through the intermediate layers 57, 61 and 65 'generates and accumulates these charges in response to the received light. In this case, the MOS circuit for reading out the signal of the charge accumulated in the charge accumulation region of the inorganic photoelectric conversion region is provided substantially only inside the germanium substrate 41 and the wiring 55 is connected to this MOS circuit. In the above description, the term "photoelectric conversion layer absorbing B light" means that light having a wavelength in the range of 400 nm to 500 nm can be absorbed at least and preferably 50% at a peak wavelength in the wavelength range or The layer of the absorption factor exceeding 50%, the term "light-transfer layer for absorbing G light" means that light having a wavelength in the range of 500 nm to 600 nm can be absorbed at least and preferably at a peak wavelength within the wavelength range. A layer having an absorption factor of 50% or more than 50% and the term "photoelectric conversion layer for absorbing R light" means light which absorbs at least a wavelength in the range of from 600 nm to 700 nm and preferably in the wavelength range A layer having an absorption factor of 50% or more at a peak wavelength within. In the present embodiment, three photoelectric conversion layers are provided. The colors of the light respectively detected by these photoelectric conversion layers are not in a particular order. From the side of the incident light side (upper side), it is conceivable to detect the pattern of colors in the order of BGR, BRG, GBR, GRB, RBG or RGB. Among these patterns, 〇 detects that the pattern appearing in the uppermost layer is superior to other patterns. On the other hand, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, the following combination can be employed: the upper layer of the R layer and the lower layer and the upper layer of the B layer are formed by placing the B layer and the G layer in the same plane. The combination of the G layer and the R layer in the same plane to form the lower layer 201143183 _ 1 , or the upper layer of the G layer and the lower layer by the B layer and the R layer in the same plane. In these combination tissues, the combination of the upper layer of the G layer and the lower layer by the B layer and the R layer are placed in the same plane towel is superior to the other combination. One, six is a cross-sectional view of the image forming apparatus 5 in the fifth embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 6, a cross-sectional view of two pixel portions in a pixel region where light is detected and accumulated charges is described together, a wiring connected to electrodes in the pixel region, and a cross section of a peripheral circuit region forming a bonding pad connected to the wiring. Figure. The p region 421 is formed in the surface portion of the n-type germanium substrate 413 in the pixel region, and the n region 422 is formed in the surface portion of the p region 421. The meander region 423 is formed in the surface portion of the n region 422. The n region each numbered "424" is further formed in the surface portion of the p region 423. The ρ region 421 accumulates a hole of a red (R) component which is photoelectrically converted by pn bonding with the n-type germanium substrate 413. The potential change of the ρ region 421 caused by the hole accumulation of the R component is connected to the metal wiring 419 of the signal readout pad 427 formed by the MOS transistor 426 formed inside the n-type germanium substrate 413, and enters the signal reading from the MOS transistor 426. Read out of the pad 427. The ρ region 423 accumulates a hole of a blue (Β) component photoelectrically converted by π η bonding with the η region 422. The potential change of the ρ region 423 due to the hole accumulation of the component is connected to the MOS transistor 426' formed inside the n region 422 and the metal wiring 419 of the signal readout pad 427, and the signal is read from the MOS transistor 426. Read out of the pad 427. A hole accumulation region 425 is formed inside the ? region 424, which includes a p region of a hole of a green (G) component which is generated in the photoelectric conversion layer 123 stacked on the n-type germanium substrate 413. The potential change of the hole accumulation region 425 caused by the hole accumulation of the G component is connected via the MOS transistor 426 formed inside the n region 424, and the metal wiring 419 of the signal readout pad 427 from the MOS transistor 426" Read into the signal readout pad 427. In general, different signal readout pads 427 are provided for each of the three color component readings respectively. Ρ region, η region, transistor, metal wiring, etc. In the above, the respective structures and the like are not limited to the illustrated structure, but the best one may be selected as appropriate. Since the light and the R light are separated according to the depth of the germanium substrate, the ρη bonding under the surface of the stone substrate is The choice of depth, concentration of impurities such as _agents, etc. is important. The technique of the CM 〇 像 像 sensor can be applied to the CM 〇 circuit acting as a money readout area. Not only low noise readout lines can be applied. Amplifier (5) umnamp cerebral palsy and (10) circuit: and it is also possible to apply a circuit which allows the number of f crystals in each pixel region to be reduced, such as ruthenium, tantalum nitride or the like as a main component. Above. Contains oxygen cut Nitrogen, two? as the main component of the transparent insulating film 4U formed in the singer *, the thinner the thickness of the film 412, the better the results. Details _ ~ ~ thickness is 5 « or less than 5 microns, compare It is 3 micrometers, more preferably 2 micrometers or less, and 2 micrometers is less than 1 micrometer. The size of the horse is 1 micro-not! Contains, for example, a crane as a main component and electrically connects the first electrode film 41q 72 201143183 as a hole accumulation region The plug 415 of the p region 425 is formed inside the insulating films 411 and 412. The plug 415 is in a state of being joined and joined at the interface between the insulating film 411 and the insulating film 412 via the pad 416. The pad 416 used is preferably A pad containing aluminum as a main component, a gate electrode of the metal wiring 419, transistors 426, 426, and 426" is formed inside the insulating film 412. A barrier layer comprising metal wiring is preferably provided. A plug 415 is provided based on the pixels. The light shielding film 417 is provided inside the insulating film 411 for the purpose of preventing noise generated by the pn junction between the n region 424 and the p region 425. A film containing tungsten, aluminum or the like as a main component is generally used as the light shielding film 417. A bonding pad 42 (a pad for supplying power from the outside) and a signal readout pad 427 are formed inside the insulating film 411, and an electrical connection for the bonding pad 420 to the first electrode film 414 described later is also formed. The metal wiring (not shown) β forms a first transparent electrode film 414 on the plug 415 provided for each pixel inside the insulating film 411. The first electrode film is divided according to the number of pixels, and the size of each divided film determines the area of light reception. Applying a bias voltage from the bonding pad 420 to the first electrode 414 via wiring is preferably designed to be in the hole by applying a negative bias voltage to the first electrode film 414 with respect to the second electrode film 405 described later. The structure of the electric holes is accumulated in the accumulation area 425. An intermediate layer 12 having the same structure as that shown in Fig. 2 is formed on the first electrode film 414, and a second electrode film 4?5 is formed on this layer. A protective film 404 having a function of protecting the intermediate layer 12 and containing tantalum nitride or the like as a main component is formed on the second electrode film 405. At 73 201143183 2 film 404 towel 'there is no - first electrode-cut 14 existing at the pixel area to make - hole. Further holes are formed in the insulating film and the protective film 4〇4 at a position above the portion of the bonding crucible 420. And a wiring 418 electrically connecting the second electrode film 405 and the portion of the connection pad 420 exposed by the two holes is formed in the inside of the hole and the protective film 4〇4 via the wiring, and the potential is included It is applied to the second electrode film 4〇5. An alloy containing aluminum such as A1_Si or Al_Cu may also be used as the material of the wiring 418. A protective film 403 containing tantalum nitride or the like as a main component and protecting the wiring 418 is formed on the wiring 418, the infrared-shielding multilayer dielectric film 402 is formed on the protective film 403, and the anti-reflection film 4〇1 is formed in the infrared ray. The multilayer dielectric film 402 is protected. The first electrode film 414 performs the same function as the first electrode film 11 shown in Fig. 2. And the second electrode film 405 performs the same function as the second electrode film 13 shown in Fig. 2. By constituting the above device, color imaging can be realized by detecting light of three colors of BGR with each pixel. According to the structure shown in Fig. 6, R and B are used as the common values in the two pixels, and the B values are used separately. Since the sensitivity of G is important for image formation, the structure just allows for the formation of good quality color images. The image forming apparatus described above is applied to a digital camera, a video camera, a fax machine, a scanner, a photocopier, and other imaging devices. Further, it can be used as a light sensor including a biosensor and a chemical sensor. Examples of materials for insulating films in the description of the embodiments of the present invention 201143183 include metal oxides such as Si〇x, SiNx, BSG, PSG, BPSG,

Al2〇3、MgO、Geo、Nio、CaO、BaO、Fe203、Y2〇3 及Al2〇3, MgO, Geo, Nio, CaO, BaO, Fe203, Y2〇3 and

Ti02 ;及金屬氟化物’諸如MgF2、LiF、a1F3及CaF2。在 這些材料中’ SiOx、SiNx、BSG、PSG及BPSG優於其他 材料。 、 在如圖2、圖4、圖5及圖ό中所示的本發明之各實 鈿例中,可利用電洞或電子執行非來自光電轉換層之信號 讀出。更特定言之,如上所提及,裝置可經構成,以便電 洞在於半導體基板與堆疊於半導體基板之上的光電轉換區 之間提供的無機光電轉換區中或在形成於半導體基板内部 的光電二極體中積聚且藉由信號讀出區讀出響應這些電洞 之信號,或其可經構成,以便電子在無機光電轉換區及形 成於半導縣㈣部的光電二_中躲且藉由信號讀出 區讀出響應這些電子之信號。 在如圖2、圖4、圖5及圖6中所示的本發明之各實 施例中,雖然具有圖3所示結構者用作提供於矽基板之上 的光電轉換區,但亦可使用具有圖丨所示結構者。根據圖 所不之結構’可_電子與電洞,因此抑騎電流之效 ’、增強。當置於光入射側之相反側的電極用作收集電子之 寺基本上僅圖2中之連接區9連接至第二電極 或圖4中之連接區27連接至第二電極13。 作為本發明之實施例說明的成像裝置200、3〇〇、400 一二00每一者經組態’以使大量像素以陣列形式排列於同 、’面上’且RGB之彩色信號可自其中各像素獲得。因 75 201143183l 而,這些像素之每一者可視為用於將RGB之光轉化為電 信號的,電轉換裝置。因此,可縣料本發明之實施例 說明的每一成像裝置具有如圖2至圖6中所示之每一光電 轉換裝置以陣列形式大量排列於同一平面上的結構。 圖7及圖8為關於本發明之第六實施例的成像裝置之 說明圖。® 7騎示成像裝置之—部分表面的示意圖,且 圖8為繪示在圖7中以χ_χ線切開所呈現的垂直剖面之示 意圖。 在根據本發明之一實施例之成像裝置6〇〇中,ρ井層 602形成於η型石夕基板601上。下文中,將η型石夕基板601 與ρ井層602之組合稱作半導體基板。在半導體基板上方 的同一平面上正交的列方向及行方向上,大量排列三種彩 色濾光片之每一者,亦即主要透過R光之彩色濾光片 613r、主要透過G光之彩色濾光片613g及主要透過B光 之彩色濾光片613b。 已知透過R光之材料可用於彩色濾光片6i3r,已知透 過G光之材料可用於彩色濾光片613g,且已知透過B光 之材料可用於彩色濾光片613b。 可採用用於已知單板固態成像裝置之彩色濾光片的 排列圖案(諸如拜耳圖案(Bayerpattern)’其為一種垂直 條紋圖案及橫向條紋圖案)作為彩色濾光片613 Γ、613 g及 613b之排列圖案。 透明電極611r形成於η區域604r上方,透明電極611g 形成於η區域604g上方,且透明電極611b形成於η區域 76 201143183 604b上方。分別與彩色濾光片613f、613g及613b對應的 透明電極61 lr、611g及611b保持彼此分離。透明電極 611r、61 lg及611b每一者之功能與圖1中之下電極η相 同。 單片結構之光電轉換膜612形成於透明電極611r、 611g及611b每一者上且由彩色濾光片613r、613g及613b 共享。 單片結構之上電極613形成於光電轉換膜612上且由 彩色濾光片613r、613g及613b共享。 對應於彩色濾光片613r之光電轉換元件由透明電極 611r、與電極611r相對的一部分上電極613及爽在其間之 一部分光電轉換膜612形成。下文中,將此類光電轉換元 件稱為R光電轉換裝置,這個因為此元件為形成於半導體 基板上的元件。 對應於彩色濾光片613g之光電轉換元件由透明電極 611g、與電極611g相對的一部分上電極613及夾在其間之 一部分光電轉換膜612形成。下文中’將此類光電轉換元 件稱為G光電轉換裝置。 對應於彩色濾光片613b之光電轉換元件由透明電極 611b、與電極611b相對的一部分上電極613及失在其間之 一部分光電轉換膜612形成。下文中’將此類光電轉換元 件稱為B光電轉換裝置。 在ρ井層602内部之η區威中’形成高密度η型雜質 區域(下文中稱為「η+區域」)6〇4r’其用於積聚在R光電 77 201143183. 轉換裝置之光電轉換膜612中產生之電荷。另外,出於保 護n+區域604r免受光照之目的,較佳在^區域6〇4r上提 供遮光膜。 在Ρ井層602内部之η區域中,形成η+區域604g,其 用於積聚在G光電轉換裝置之光電轉換膜612中產生之電 何。另外’出於保護n+區域604g免受光照之目的,較佳 在n+區域604g上提供遮光膜。 在p井層602内部之n區域中,形成n+區域6〇4b,其 用於積聚在B光電轉換裝置之光電轉換膜612中產生之電 何。另外’出於保護n+區域604b免受光照之目的,較佳 在n+區域604b上提供遮光膜。 包括諸如銘之金屬的接觸區606r形成於n+區域6〇4r 上’且透明電極611r形成於接觸區606r上β n+區域6〇4Γ 與透明電極611r藉由接觸區606r電連接在一起。接觸區 606r嵌入可透過可見光線及紅外線之絕緣層6〇5中。 包括諸如鋁之金屬的接觸區606g形成於n+區域6〇4g 上,且透明電極611g形成於接觸區6〇6g上。n+區域6〇4g 與透明電極611g藉由接觸區6〇6g電連接在一起。接觸區 606g嵌入絕緣層605中。 包括諸如鋁之金屬的接觸區6〇6b形成於n+區域6〇4b 上’且透明電極611b形成於接觸區6〇61)上^ n+區域6〇4b 與透明電極611b藉由接觸區6〇6b電連接在一起。接觸區 606b嵌入絕緣層605中。 在P井層6〇2中非形成n+區域604r、604g及604b之 78 201143183 區域的區域中,形成用於讀出響應在R光電轉換裝置中產 生且在n+區域604r中積聚之電荷的每一信號之信號讀出 區605r、用於讀出響應在G光電轉換裝置中產生且在n+ 區域604g中積聚之電荷的每一信號之信號讀出區6〇5g及 用於讀出響應在B光電轉換裝置中產生且在n+區域604b 中積聚之電何的每·一信號之信號讀出區605b。信號讀出區 605r、605g及605b每一者均可採用利用CCD或MOS電 路之已知結構。另外,出於保護信號讀出區6〇5r、605g及 6〇5b免受光照之目的,較佳在這些區上提供遮光膜。 圖9為顯示圖8中所示信號讀出區605r之特定組態之 一實例的圖。圖9中’與圖7及圖8中相同之構成部件以 與這些圖中相同之參考數字來標記。另外,因為信號讀出 區605r、605g及605b具有相同結構,所以省去信號讀出 區605g及605b之說明。 信號讀出區605r裝備有重置電晶體543.,其汲極連接 至η區域604f且其源極連接至電源vn;輸出電晶體542, 其閘極連接至重置電晶體543之汲極且其源極連接至電源 Vcc’·列選擇電晶體541,其源極連接至輸出電晶體%之 汲極且其汲極連接至信號輸出線545;重置電晶體546,其 /及極連接至η區域6〇3ι·且其源極連接至電源% ;輸出電 晶體547,其閘極連接至重置電晶體%之沒極且其源極 連接至電源Vcc ;及列選擇電晶體州,其源極連接至 出電晶體547之_且其祕連接至信號輸出線549。 藉由在透明電極611r與上電極613之間施加偏電壓, 79 201143183 響應入射在光電轉換膜612上之光產生電荷,且這些電荷 、’i由透明電極611r移動至n+區域6〇4r。在n+區域604r中 ,聚之電荷藉由輸出電晶體542轉化為響應電荷量之信 號。且藉由將列選擇電晶體541切換於打開位置處,使信 號輸出至信號輸出線545。在信號輸出之後,藉由重置電 晶體543重置η+區域604r中之電荷。 因此,信號讀出區605r可由包括3種電晶體之已知 MOS電路構成。 回到圖8之說明,出於保護光電轉換元件之目的,在 光電轉換層612上形成雙層結構之保護層615及616,且 在保護層616上形成彩色濾光片613r、613g及613r。 此成像裝置600藉由經歷首先形成光電轉換膜612, 接著形成彩色濾光片613r、613g及613b等之過程來製造。 形成彩色滤光片613r、613g及613b之過程包括光微影步 驟及烘焙步驟。當有機材料用於光電轉換膜612且光微影 及烘焙步驟在光電轉換膜612暴露之狀態下進行時,光電 轉換膜612之性質會降級。出於防止由產生過程引起光電 轉換膜612性質降級之目的,提供保護層615及616。 保護膜615較佳為包括無機材料且藉由ALCVD法形 成之無機層。ALCVD法為原子層CVD法且允許形成緻密 無機層。因此,所形成之層可為光電轉換層612之有效保 護層。ALCVD法亦稱為ALE法或ALD法。藉由ALCVD 法形成的無機層之組成較佳為AI203、Si02、Ti〇2、Zr02、 MgO、HfCb或Ta2〇5,更佳為A〗2〇3或Si〇2,尤其較佳為 201143183 AI2O3 ° 出於進一步提高保護光電轉換膜612之能力的目的, 在保護層615上形成保護層616 ’且其較佳為包括有機聚 合物之有機層。有機聚合物較佳為聚對二曱笨,更佳為聚 一氣對二曱笨。或者’可省去保護膜616,或保護膜615 與保5蒦膜616之排列順序可顛倒。圖§中所示結構可尤其 高效地保護光電轉換膜612。 ~ 當在透明電極611r與上電極613之間施加指定偏電壓 時,在併入R光電轉換裝置中之光電轉換膜612中產生的 電荷經由透明電極611r及接觸區606γ移動至n+區域 604r,且在此區域中積聚。且藉由信號讀出區6〇5γ讀出響 應η+區域604r中積聚的電荷之信號,且將這些信號輸出至 成像裝置600之外部。 同樣’當在透明電極611g與上電極613之間施加指 定偏電壓時,在併入G光電轉換裝置中之光電轉換膜612 中產生的電荷經由透明電極611g及接觸區606g移動至n+ 區域604g,且在此區域中積聚。且藉由信號讀出區6〇5g s賣出響應n+區域604g中積聚的電荷之信號,且將這些信 號輸出至成像裝置600之外部。 類似於上文,當在透明電極611b與上電極613之間 施加指定偏電壓時,在併入B光電轉換裝置中之光電轉換 膜612中產生的電荷經由透明電極6iib及接觸區606b移 動至n+區域604b ’且在此區域中積聚。且藉由信號讀出區 605b讀出響應n+區域6〇4b中積聚的電荷之信號,且將這 201143183Ti02; and metal fluorides such as MgF2, LiF, a1F3 and CaF2. Among these materials, 'SiOx, SiNx, BSG, PSG and BPSG are superior to other materials. In the embodiments of the present invention as shown in Figs. 2, 4, 5 and 5, signal reading from the photoelectric conversion layer can be performed using holes or electrons. More specifically, as mentioned above, the device may be configured such that the hole is in the inorganic photoelectric conversion region provided between the semiconductor substrate and the photoelectric conversion region stacked over the semiconductor substrate or in the photovoltaic formed inside the semiconductor substrate The diodes accumulate and read signals in response to the holes through the signal readout region, or they may be configured such that the electrons are hidden and borrowed in the inorganic photoelectric conversion region and the photodiode formed in the (four) part of the semi-conducting county. Signals responsive to these electrons are read from the signal readout area. In the embodiments of the present invention as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 4, FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, although the structure shown in FIG. 3 is used as the photoelectric conversion region provided on the germanium substrate, it may be used. Has the structure shown in Figure 。. According to the structure of the figure, it can be _ electrons and holes, so the effect of riding current is ', enhanced. When the electrode placed on the opposite side to the light incident side serves as a temple for collecting electrons, only the connection region 9 in Fig. 2 is connected to the second electrode or the connection region 27 in Fig. 4 is connected to the second electrode 13. The imaging devices 200, 3, 400, and 200, each of which are described as embodiments of the present invention, are configured to "make a large number of pixels arranged in an array on the same side, and the color signals of RGB are available from Each pixel is obtained. Each of these pixels can be considered as an electrical conversion device for converting RGB light into an electrical signal as a result of 75 201143183l. Therefore, each of the image forming apparatuses described in the embodiment of the present invention has a structure in which each of the photoelectric conversion devices as shown in Figs. 2 to 6 is arranged in a large number on the same plane in an array form. Fig. 7 and Fig. 8 are explanatory views of an image forming apparatus according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention. ® 7 is a schematic view of a part of the surface of the imaging device, and Fig. 8 is a schematic view showing a vertical section taken in the χ_χ line in Fig. 7. In the image forming apparatus 6A according to an embodiment of the present invention, the p-well layer 602 is formed on the n-type stone substrate 601. Hereinafter, the combination of the n-type slab substrate 601 and the p-well layer 602 is referred to as a semiconductor substrate. Each of the three kinds of color filters is arranged in a large number in the column direction and the row direction orthogonal to the same plane above the semiconductor substrate, that is, the color filter 613r mainly transmitting the R light, and the color filter mainly transmitting the G light. The sheet 613g and the color filter 613b mainly transmitting the B light. It is known that a material that transmits R light can be used for the color filter 6i3r, a material that is known to pass through G light can be used for the color filter 613g, and a material that is known to transmit B light can be used for the color filter 613b. An arrangement pattern of color filters for a known single-plate solid-state imaging device such as a Bayer pattern, which is a vertical stripe pattern and a horizontal stripe pattern, may be employed as the color filters 613, 613 g, and 613b. Arrangement pattern. The transparent electrode 611r is formed over the n region 604r, the transparent electrode 611g is formed over the n region 604g, and the transparent electrode 611b is formed over the n region 76 201143183 604b. The transparent electrodes 61 lr, 611g, and 611b corresponding to the color filters 613f, 613g, and 613b, respectively, are kept separated from each other. The functions of each of the transparent electrodes 611r, 61 lg and 611b are the same as those of the lower electrode η in Fig. 1. A monolithic structure photoelectric conversion film 612 is formed on each of the transparent electrodes 611r, 611g, and 611b and shared by the color filters 613r, 613g, and 613b. The monolithic structure upper electrode 613 is formed on the photoelectric conversion film 612 and shared by the color filters 613r, 613g, and 613b. The photoelectric conversion element corresponding to the color filter 613r is formed of a transparent electrode 611r, a part of the upper electrode 613 opposed to the electrode 611r, and a part of the photoelectric conversion film 612 therebetween. Hereinafter, such a photoelectric conversion element will be referred to as an R photoelectric conversion device because this element is an element formed on a semiconductor substrate. The photoelectric conversion element corresponding to the color filter 613g is formed of a transparent electrode 611g, a part of the upper electrode 613 opposed to the electrode 611g, and a part of the photoelectric conversion film 612 interposed therebetween. Hereinafter, such a photoelectric conversion element will be referred to as a G photoelectric conversion device. The photoelectric conversion element corresponding to the color filter 613b is formed of a transparent electrode 611b, a part of the upper electrode 613 opposed to the electrode 611b, and a part of the photoelectric conversion film 612 missing therebetween. Hereinafter, such a photoelectric conversion element will be referred to as a B photoelectric conversion device. In the η region of the p-well layer 602, a high-density n-type impurity region (hereinafter referred to as "n+region") 6〇4r' is formed to accumulate in the photo-electric conversion film of the R photoelectric 77 201143183. The charge generated in 612. Further, for the purpose of protecting the n+ region 604r from light, it is preferable to provide a light shielding film on the region 6〇4r. In the η region inside the well layer 602, an η+ region 604g for accumulating electricity generated in the photoelectric conversion film 612 of the G photoelectric conversion device is formed. Further, for the purpose of protecting the n+ region 604g from light, a light shielding film is preferably provided on the n+ region 604g. In the n region inside the p-well layer 602, an n+ region 6〇4b for accumulating electricity generated in the photoelectric conversion film 612 of the B photoelectric conversion device is formed. Further, for the purpose of protecting the n+ region 604b from light, a light shielding film is preferably provided on the n+ region 604b. A contact region 606r including a metal such as a metal is formed on the n+ region 6〇4r' and a transparent electrode 611r is formed on the contact region 606r. The β n+ region 6〇4Γ is electrically connected to the transparent electrode 611r via the contact region 606r. The contact region 606r is embedded in an insulating layer 6〇5 permeable to visible light and infrared rays. A contact region 606g including a metal such as aluminum is formed on the n+ region 6〇4g, and a transparent electrode 611g is formed on the contact region 6〇6g. The n+ region 6〇4g is electrically connected to the transparent electrode 611g by the contact region 6〇6g. The contact region 606g is embedded in the insulating layer 605. A contact region 6〇6b including a metal such as aluminum is formed on the n+ region 6〇4b' and the transparent electrode 611b is formed on the contact region 6〇61). The n++ region 6〇4b and the transparent electrode 611b are contacted by the contact region 6〇6b. Electrically connected together. Contact region 606b is embedded in insulating layer 605. In the region of the P 2011 layer 6〇2 where the n 2011 regions of the n+ regions 604r, 604g, and 604b are not formed, a charge for reading out the charges generated in the R photoelectric conversion device and accumulated in the n+ region 604r is formed. a signal readout area 605r of the signal, a signal readout area 6〇5g for reading out each of the signals generated in response to the charge generated in the G photoelectric conversion device and accumulated in the n+ region 604g, and a readout response at the B photoelectric A signal readout region 605b of each of the signals generated in the conversion device and accumulated in the n+ region 604b. Each of the signal readout areas 605r, 605g, and 605b can employ a known structure using a CCD or MOS circuit. Further, for the purpose of protecting the signal readout regions 6〇5r, 605g, and 6〇5b from light, it is preferable to provide a light shielding film on these regions. Fig. 9 is a view showing an example of a specific configuration of the signal readout area 605r shown in Fig. 8. The same components in Fig. 9 as those in Figs. 7 and 8 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the drawings. Further, since the signal readout regions 605r, 605g, and 605b have the same configuration, the description of the signal readout regions 605g and 605b is omitted. The signal readout region 605r is equipped with a reset transistor 543. Its drain is connected to the n region 604f and its source is connected to the power source vn; the output transistor 542 has its gate connected to the drain of the reset transistor 543 and The source is connected to the power supply Vcc' column select transistor 541, the source of which is connected to the drain of the output transistor % and the drain of which is connected to the signal output line 545; the reset transistor 546 whose / and the pole are connected to The η region is 6〇3ι· and its source is connected to the power source %; the output transistor 547 has a gate connected to the reset transistor % of the pole and its source is connected to the power source Vcc; and the column select transistor state, The source is connected to the output transistor 547 and is connected to the signal output line 549. By applying a bias voltage between the transparent electrode 611r and the upper electrode 613, 79201143183 generates charges in response to light incident on the photoelectric conversion film 612, and these charges, 'i, are moved by the transparent electrode 611r to the n+ region 6〇4r. In the n+ region 604r, the accumulated charge is converted by the output transistor 542 into a signal of the amount of response charge. And by switching the column selection transistor 541 to the open position, the signal is output to the signal output line 545. After the signal is output, the charge in the n+ region 604r is reset by resetting the transistor 543. Therefore, the signal readout region 605r can be constituted by a known MOS circuit including three kinds of transistors. Returning to Fig. 8, for the purpose of protecting the photoelectric conversion element, protective layers 615 and 616 of a double-layer structure are formed on the photoelectric conversion layer 612, and color filters 613r, 613g, and 613r are formed on the protective layer 616. This image forming apparatus 600 is manufactured by undergoing a process of first forming the photoelectric conversion film 612, then forming the color filters 613r, 613g, and 613b. The process of forming the color filters 613r, 613g, and 613b includes a photolithography step and a baking step. When the organic material is used for the photoelectric conversion film 612 and the photolithography and baking steps are performed in a state where the photoelectric conversion film 612 is exposed, the properties of the photoelectric conversion film 612 are degraded. The protective layers 615 and 616 are provided for the purpose of preventing degradation of the properties of the photoelectric conversion film 612 by the generation process. The protective film 615 is preferably an inorganic layer comprising an inorganic material and formed by an ALCVD method. The ALCVD method is an atomic layer CVD method and allows formation of a dense inorganic layer. Therefore, the formed layer can be an effective protective layer of the photoelectric conversion layer 612. The ALCVD method is also known as the ALE method or the ALD method. The composition of the inorganic layer formed by the ALCVD method is preferably AI203, SiO 2 , Ti 〇 2, ZrO 2 , MgO, HfCb or Ta 2 〇 5, more preferably A 〇 2 〇 3 or Si 〇 2, and particularly preferably 201143183 AI 2 O 3 ° For the purpose of further improving the ability to protect the photoelectric conversion film 612, a protective layer 616' is formed on the protective layer 615 and it is preferably an organic layer including an organic polymer. The organic polymer is preferably polypyrene, more preferably one gas to two. Alternatively, the protective film 616 may be omitted, or the order of arrangement of the protective film 615 and the protective film 616 may be reversed. The structure shown in Fig. § can protect the photoelectric conversion film 612 particularly efficiently. When a prescribed bias voltage is applied between the transparent electrode 611r and the upper electrode 613, the electric charge generated in the photoelectric conversion film 612 incorporated in the R photoelectric conversion device is moved to the n+ region 604r via the transparent electrode 611r and the contact region 606γ, and Accumulate in this area. The signals of the charges accumulated in the response η+ region 604r are read out by the signal readout region 6〇5γ, and these signals are output to the outside of the image forming apparatus 600. Similarly, when a prescribed bias voltage is applied between the transparent electrode 611g and the upper electrode 613, the electric charge generated in the photoelectric conversion film 612 incorporated in the G photoelectric conversion device is moved to the n+ region 604g via the transparent electrode 611g and the contact region 606g, And accumulate in this area. The signals in response to the charges accumulated in the n+ region 604g are sold by the signal readout area 6〇5g s, and these signals are outputted to the outside of the image forming apparatus 600. Similarly to the above, when a prescribed bias voltage is applied between the transparent electrode 611b and the upper electrode 613, the electric charge generated in the photoelectric conversion film 612 incorporated in the B photoelectric conversion device is moved to n+ via the transparent electrode 6iib and the contact region 606b. Region 604b' and accumulates in this region. And the signal of the charge accumulated in the response n+ region 6〇4b is read out by the signal readout region 605b, and this will be 201143183

a L 些信號輸出至成像裝置600之外部。 以此方式,響應R光電轉換裝置中產生之電荷的R 份信號、響應G光電轉換裝置中產生之電荷的G組份信號 及響應B光電轉換裝置中產生之電荷的B組份信號自成像 裝置600輸出至外部。因此可獲得彩色影像。在此模式下, 可使光電轉換區較薄,藉此可提高解析度及減少假色(如祀 color)。此外,不管在半導體基板中形成之下電路如何, 均可使孔徑較高,藉此可實現靈敏度,且除此之外,省去 微透鏡(microlenses)可對減少零件數有影響。 根據本發明之各實施例,有機光電轉換膜在高綠光區 域中具有其最大吸收波長,且儘管要求吸收整個可見光區 域中的光’但上述材料能夠較好地滿足要求。 雖然在上文中描述在成像裝置中利用根據本發明實 施例之光電轉換裝置的本發明實施例,但本發明之光電轉 換裝置甚至在其用作太陽電池時亦可傳遞高效能,這是因 為其具有高光電轉換效率。 本發明現將參考以下實例更詳細地闡明,但這些實例 不應視為以任何方式限制本發明之範疇。 實例 &lt;樣品al&gt; 以如下方式合成上文說明之例示化合物1。已說明之 /儿矛王1之基本部分再次以下列反應流程指示。 82 201143183a L These signals are output to the outside of the imaging device 600. In this manner, the R component signal responsive to the charge generated in the R photoelectric conversion device, the G component signal responsive to the charge generated in the G photoelectric conversion device, and the B component signal responsive to the charge generated in the B photoelectric conversion device are self-imaging devices 600 output to the outside. Therefore, a color image can be obtained. In this mode, the photoelectric conversion area can be made thinner, thereby improving resolution and reducing false colors such as 祀 color. Further, regardless of the circuit formed in the semiconductor substrate, the aperture can be made higher, whereby sensitivity can be achieved, and in addition, the omission of microlenses can have an effect on reducing the number of parts. According to various embodiments of the present invention, the organic photoelectric conversion film has its maximum absorption wavelength in the high green region, and although it is required to absorb light in the entire visible region, the above materials can satisfactorily satisfy the requirements. Although the embodiment of the present invention using the photoelectric conversion device according to the embodiment of the present invention in an image forming apparatus has been described above, the photoelectric conversion device of the present invention can transmit high performance even when it is used as a solar cell because Has high photoelectric conversion efficiency. The invention will now be explained in more detail with reference to the following examples, which should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. EXAMPLES &lt;Sample a&gt; The exemplified compound 1 described above was synthesized in the following manner. The basic part of the illustrated Spider 1 is again indicated by the following reaction procedure. 82 201143183

Q九。 氧化化合物雜質1 在以氮氣替換反應容器中之空氣後,將2.7公克 4-(Ν,Ν·二苯胺基)苯曱酿(由 Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)及 1.5 公克 1,3-茚滿二_ (由 Tokyo ChemicalQ nine. Oxidizing compound impurity 1 After replacing the air in the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 2.7 g of 4-(anthracene, diphenylamino)benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 1.5 g of 1,3 were placed. -茚满二_ (by Tokyo Chemical

Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)作為原料置於反應容器中,進一步 向反應容器中添加50毫升乙醇,且向其中添加1.〇毫升哌 啶。隨後在氮氣氛圍下將反應容器遮光,且在回流下加熱 反應溶液3小時。反應結束後,所得溶液冷卻至室溫,且 將由此產生之—並用5〇毫升乙醇洗務。在溶液精製 製程中’這些晶體再次溶解於17〇毫升二氣甲烧中,且經 過過濾器。此外,添加17〇 ^升甲醇至所得濾液中,且 減,下濃縮所得混合物,直到其總體積減少約1/2。將由 此獲=之晶Μ出’經5〇毫升甲醇絲 = A克呈結晶物質形式之例示化合物!。此 83 20114318} 結晶物質藉助於昇華精製器具(TRS_丨,ULVAC_RIK〇, Inc 之產品)進行昇華精製。 在氬氣流下’在舟皿溫度為2〇〇。(:或超過200°C、收 集區控制在200°C或低於20(TC且系統内壓力為〇. 1帕的條 件下執行昇華精製。昇華精製後,晶體產率為88%。將由 此獲得之昇華晶體自具有氮氣氛圍之密閉操作箱(gl〇be box)内的昇華管中取出且轉移至褐色玻璃小瓶中。此外, 以蓋子密閉小瓶,且在氮氣氛圍下於遮光條件下儲存。由 此獲得之樣品稱作樣品al。 &lt;樣品a3&gt;合成例示化合物3The product was placed in a reaction vessel as a raw material, and 50 ml of ethanol was further added to the reaction vessel, and 1. mM of piperidine was added thereto. Subsequently, the reaction vessel was shielded from light under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction solution was heated under reflux for 3 hours. After the end of the reaction, the resulting solution was cooled to room temperature and was thus produced - and washed with 5 ml of ethanol. In the solution refining process, these crystals were redissolved in 17 ml of a two-gas combustor and passed through a filter. Further, 17 Torr of methanol was added to the obtained filtrate, and the resulting mixture was concentrated and reduced until the total volume thereof was reduced by about 1/2. The crystal obtained by this = "5 liters of methanol yarn = A gram of the compound in the form of a crystalline substance! . This 83 20114318} The crystalline material is refined by sublimation refining equipment (TRS_丨, product of ULVAC_RIK〇, Inc). Under the argon flow, the temperature at the boat was 2 Torr. (: or over 200 ° C, the collection zone is controlled at 200 ° C or below 20 (TC and the pressure in the system is 〇. 1 Pa. Sublimation purification is carried out. After sublimation purification, the crystal yield is 88%. The obtained sublimation crystal was taken out from the sublimation tube in a sealed atmosphere box having a nitrogen atmosphere and transferred to a brown glass vial. Further, the vial was sealed with a lid and stored under a nitrogen atmosphere under a light-shielding condition. The sample thus obtained is referred to as sample a1. &lt;Sample a3&gt; Synthesis of exemplified compound 3

向10毫升脫水二甲苯中添加4.4公克原料3、4公克 6-溴-2-萘曱酸曱酯(由 Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd. 製造)、0·2公克乙酸鈀、0.6公克三苯膦及i〇公克碳酸鉋。 所得混合物在氮氣流下回流7小時。在抽吸下過濾反應混 合物,在減壓下濃縮濾液,隨後藉由矽膠管柱層析法利用 84 201143183. 曱苯純化濃縮之物質。接著蒸餘 公克中間物3。 別且由此獲得6.4 向3〇毫升脫水甲苯中添加2 氧基乙氧基)氫化鋁鈉之甲彳 H (雙(2-甲To 10 ml of dehydrated xylene, 4.4 g of a raw material 3, 4 g of decyl 6-bromo-2-naphthoate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 0.2 g of palladium acetate, and 0.6 g of triphenylphosphine were added. And i 〇 grams of carbon dioxide planer. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 7 hours under a nitrogen stream. The reaction mixture was filtered under suction, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and then purified and purified by EtOAc EtOAc. Then steam the remaining grams of intermediate 3. And 6.4 to add 3 ethoxy ethoxy) sodium hydride to the methyl hydrazine H (double (2-)

Che^cal industries, !〇%ΐ: ^ 具有o°c之内部溫*,且向其中逐所得溶液以 毫升脫水甲苯中之溶液 Π·之内部溫度’且向其中逐滴添加剛:製備之 且向其中添加濃鹽酸,直至ΡΗ值達到i。向其 :水;乙;,且以碳酸氫納水溶液洗滌所分離油層: 進:步以硫酸鎂乾燥油層,接著過濾。藉助於蒸發器自減 ^蒸鶴掉溶劑。向三分之—殘餘物中添加1.3公克依昭 二網及5〇毫升乙腈。在氮氣流下回流 =件混合物丨2小時,接著靜置冷卻。之後,抽吸過滤,且 添加所得,體㈣至驗中且錢訂如流下加熱 小時。藉由冷卻至室溫’獲得晶體^將所得晶體抽吸過 ’以乙腈洗務且在真空下乾燥。因此,獲得25公克例 =化合物3。此樣品經受與樣品&amp;1減之昇華精製,由此 传到樣品a3,但產率為3〇/〇。 在樣品al及樣品a3中,藉助於HPLC分別偵測作為 ”質的上文說明之氧化化合物雜質1及氧化化合物雜質 85Che^cal industries, !〇%ΐ: ^ has an internal temperature of o °c, and the solution is obtained in milliliters of the internal temperature of the solution in dehydrated toluene and is added dropwise thereto: prepared and Concentrated hydrochloric acid was added thereto until the enthalpy reached i. To this: water; B; and washing the separated oil layer with an aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate: Step: Dry the oil layer with magnesium sulfate, followed by filtration. The solvent is reduced by steaming by means of an evaporator. To the three-part residue, 1.3 g of Izumi 2 mesh and 5 ml of acetonitrile were added. The mixture was refluxed under a stream of nitrogen for 2 hours, followed by standing to cool. After that, the mixture is suction filtered, and the obtained body (4) is added to the test and the money is ordered to be heated under the flow for an hour. The crystals obtained by cooling to room temperature were suctioned through acetonitrile and dried under vacuum. Therefore, 25 grams of Example = Compound 3 was obtained. This sample was subjected to sublimation refining with sample &amp; 1, and thus passed to sample a3, but the yield was 3 〇/〇. In sample a and sample a3, the oxidized compound impurity 1 and the oxidized compound impurity described above as "quality" were respectively detected by means of HPLC.

201143183 L 3 ’且其含量為870 ppm或低於870 ppm。其中,例示化合 物1及例示化合物3之含量在99.9%至99.5%之範圍内。 HPLC之分析值是根據藉由利用THF-水混合物溶劑作為移 動床且監控254奈米下之吸光率所獲得的層析圖中峰之間 的相對面積比來表示。 當這些樣品中之水含量由卡耳費雪技術(Karl Fischer technique )測定且溶劑含量以由乾燥所致的重量減輕測定 (為藉由在真空下在l〇〇t下加熱而減少之重量百分比減 去其各別水含量所獲得的值)時,其均為〇.1%或低於 0.1%。甚至當溶液精製進行兩次或超過兩次且昇華精製亦 進行兩次或超過兩次時,亦獲得相似結果。 &lt;樣品a2及樣品a4&gt; 藉由分別省去樣品al及樣品a3合成之實例中的昇華 精製製程’獲得樣品a2及樣品a4。樣品a2中氧化化合物 雜質1之含I及樣品a4中氧化化合物雜質3之含量在 1,100 ppm至2,800 ppm之範圍内,且這些樣品中例示化合 物1及3之含量分別在99.1%至97.3%之範圍内。水含量 及溶劑含量均為0.1%或低於0.1%。 &lt;比較樣品al及比較樣品a3&gt; 藉由分別進·一步省去樣品a2及樣品a4合成之實例中 的溶液精製製程’獲得比較樣品al及比較樣品a3。比較 樣品al中氧化化合物雜質1之含量及比較樣品a3中氧化 化合物雜質3之含量各自為3,200 ppm或超過3,200 ppm, 且這些樣品中例示化合物1及3之含量分別各自為96.3% 86 201143183. 或低於96.3%。 〈樣品bl&gt; 以如下方式合成上文說明之流程2中的例示化合物 2。流程2之基本部分如下所指示。201143183 L 3 ' and its content is 870 ppm or less than 870 ppm. The content of the exemplified compound 1 and the exemplified compound 3 is in the range of 99.9% to 99.5%. The analytical value of HPLC was expressed based on the relative area ratio between the peaks in the chromatogram obtained by using the THF-water mixture solvent as a moving bed and monitoring the absorbance at 254 nm. When the water content in these samples is determined by the Karl Fischer technique and the solvent content is determined by the weight loss due to drying (the weight percentage reduced by heating under vacuum at 1 Torr) When the value obtained by subtracting the respective water contents is subtracted, it is 〇.1% or less than 0.1%. Similar results were obtained even when the solution was refined twice or more times and the sublimation refining was carried out twice or more. &lt;Sample a2 and sample a4&gt; Sample a2 and sample a4 were obtained by omitting the sublimation refining process in the example of sample a1 and sample a3 synthesis, respectively. The content of the oxidized compound impurity 1 in the sample a2 and the oxidized compound impurity 3 in the sample a4 are in the range of 1,100 ppm to 2,800 ppm, and the contents of the exemplified compounds 1 and 3 in these samples are respectively 99.1% to 97.3%. Within the scope. Both the water content and the solvent content are 0.1% or less. &lt;Comparative sample a1 and comparative sample a3&gt; The comparative sample a1 and the comparative sample a3 were obtained by separately eliminating the solution refining process in the example of the synthesis of the sample a2 and the sample a4. Comparing the content of the oxidized compound impurity 1 in the sample a1 and the content of the oxidizing compound impurity 3 in the comparative sample a3 were each 3,200 ppm or more than 3,200 ppm, and the contents of the exemplified compounds 1 and 3 in each of the samples were respectively 96.3% 86 201143183. Less than 96.3%. <Sample bl> The exemplified compound 2 in the above Scheme 2 was synthesized in the following manner. The basic part of Flow 2 is indicated below.

例示化合物2 在以氮氣替換反應容器中之空氣後,將2.4公克9H-參苯並[b,d,f]氮呼(根據 J. 〇rg. Chem,,56, 3906 (1991)中之 描述合成)及2.4公克4,4,-二漠聯苯(由Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)作為原料置於反應容器中,且向反 應容器中進一步添加1.5公克第三丁氧鈉(由wako PureExemplary Compound 2 After replacing the air in the reaction vessel with nitrogen, 2.4 g of 9H-paraben[b,d,f]azepine is described (according to J. 〇rg. Chem, 56, 3906 (1991) Synthetic) and 2.4 g of 4,4,-di-di-biphenyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were placed as a raw material in a reaction vessel, and 1.5 g of sodium tributoxide was further added to the reaction vessel (by Wako Pure

Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)、loo mg 乙酸鈀(由 wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)、450 mg 三笨膦(由 Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)及 50 毫升甲苯。 隨後在氣氣氛圍下將反應容器遮光,且在回流下加熱反應 溶液8小時。反應結束後’所得溶液冷卻至室溫,且向其 中添加50毫升曱醇。濾出由此產生之晶體且以5〇毫升曱 醇洗滌。在溶液精製製程中’這些晶體再次溶解於1〇〇毫 升二氣曱烧中,且經過過濾器。此外,添加1〇〇毫升曱醇 至所得濾液中,且在減壓下濃縮所得混合物,直至其總體 積減少約1/2。將由此獲得之晶體濾出,經5〇毫升曱醇洗 87 201143183. =氮=下:藉由真空(〇·2托)加熱(在朦c 下)進一步乾燥。因此,獲得s Λ 例示化合物2。此結晶物質藉助於昇Α華精:式之 產品)進行昇華精製。在氬氣流下, 在舟皿溫度為300 C或超過3〇(rc、收集區控制在鹰 低於200。(:且系統内壓力為(U帕的條件下執行昇華精 製。昇華精製後’晶體產率為85%。由此獲得之樣品稱作 樣品b卜將由此獲得之昇華_自具有氮氣氛圍之密閉操 作箱内的昇華管中取出且轉移至褐色玻割、瓶巾。此外, 以蓋子密閉小瓶,且在氮氣氛圍下於遮光條件下儲存。 [樣品b3]Chemical Industries, Ltd., loo mg palladium acetate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), 450 mg of triphenylphosphine (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and 50 ml of toluene. The reaction vessel was then shielded from light under an atmosphere of air and the reaction solution was heated under reflux for 8 hours. After the end of the reaction, the resulting solution was cooled to room temperature, and 50 ml of decyl alcohol was added thereto. The crystals thus produced were filtered off and washed with 5 mL of decyl alcohol. In the solution refining process, these crystals were redissolved in 1 Torr of gas and passed through a filter. Further, 1 ml of sterol was added to the obtained filtrate, and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure until the total amount thereof was reduced by about 1/2. The crystals thus obtained were filtered off and washed with 5 ml of methanol. 87 201143183. = nitrogen = lower: further dried by vacuum (〇 2 Torr) (under 朦c). Thus, s 例 exemplified compound 2 was obtained. This crystalline material is subjected to sublimation refining by means of a product of the formula. Under argon flow, the vessel temperature is 300 C or more than 3 〇 (rc, the collection area is controlled at eagle below 200. (: and the pressure in the system is (sub-refined under the condition of U Pa. Sublimation refined) crystal The yield was 85%. The sample thus obtained is referred to as sample b. The sublimation obtained therefrom was taken out from the sublimation tube in a closed operation box with a nitrogen atmosphere and transferred to a brown glass cut, bottle towel. The vial was sealed and stored under light-shielded conditions under nitrogen atmosphere [Sample b3]

在以氮氣替換反應容器中之空氣後,將原料,亦即1 公克材料 41(根據 Journal of Materials Chemistry,第 15 卷, 第4753-4760頁(2005)中之描述合成)及1.5公克原料42 (根據 Organic Letters,第 9 卷,第 797-800 頁(2007)中之描 述合成)、100 mg乙酸纪、300 mg三苯膦、2.5公克碳酸 鉋及 50 毫升脫水曱苯(由 Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造)置於反應容器中,且在氮氣氛圍下將反應容器 88 201143183 ί 下加熱12小時。反應結束後, 八二“部至室溫,且向其中添加5〇毫升甲醇。因此, 日體^,隨後以5G毫升甲醇洗務。在溶液精製 tr =曰曰體再次溶料10毫升二氣甲院中,且經過 t慮4由添加刚亳升乙腈至餘中,分離出晶體, 2 在氮減下乾燥,且藉由真 工(八〇·=)加熱(在靴下)進—步乾燥。因此,獲得 舰么〜f晶物質形式之例示化合物4。此結晶物質經受 ”樣扣Μ相同之昇華精製,且由此獲得樣品… 在樣品Μ及樣品b3中,藉助於Ηρ]χ分別偵測 雜質的上文說明之齒化物雜#丨及自化物雜質4,且其二 量為3,900 ppm或低於3,9〇〇 ppm。其巾,例示化合物 例二化合物4之含量在99.9%至99.2%之範圍内。此外, 當藉由ICP方法測定作為催化金屬之_含量時,發現 屬雜質含量為960 ppm或低於960 ppm。 當這些樣品中之水含量藉由卡耳費雪技術測定且容 劑含量以由乾燥所致的重量減輕測定(藉由在真空下 l〇〇t下加熱而減少之重量百分比減去其各別水含^得 的值)時’其均為G.1%或低於〇.1%。甚至#溶液精製^ 行兩次或超過兩次且昇賴製錢行兩次或超過兩次 亦獲得相似結果。 〈樣品b2及樣品b4&gt; 藉由分別省去樣品bl及樣品b3合成之實例中的昇 精製製程’獲得樣品b2及樣品b4。樣品b2中齒化物雜質 89 201143183 2之含量及樣品b4中鹵化物雜質4之含量在4,100 ppm至 8,700 ppm之範圍内’這些樣品中例示化合物2及4之含 量分別在98.8%至96.7%之範圍内,且作為金屬雜質含量 之鈀含量在1,200 ppm至3,600 ppm之範圍内。水含量及 溶劑含量均為0.1%或低於0.1%。 &lt;比較樣品Μ及比較樣品b3&gt; 藉由分別進一步省去樣品b2及樣品b4合成之實例中 的溶液精製製程,獲得比較樣品bl及比較樣品b3。比較 樣品bl中鹵化物雜質2之含量及比較樣品b3中鹵化物雜 質4之含量各自為9,000ppm或超過9,〇〇〇ppm,這些樣品 中例示化合物2及4之含量分別各自為95.0%或低於 95_0%,且鈀含量為4,〇〇〇 ppm或超過4 〇〇〇 ppm。 《實例1》 根據圖2中所示之本發明實施例,如下製造成像裝 置。在使用濺鍍法於CMOS基板上形成30奈米厚之非晶 ιτο膜後,所述膜藉由經受使一像素存在於eM〇s基板上 的每一光電二極體(PD)上的光微影圖案化而變成像素電 ,。藉由真空加熱蒸發樣品bl,於像素電極上形成1〇〇奈 米,之電子阻擋層。藉由分別以單層厚度,100奈米及300 奈米之量真空加熱共蒸發樣品al與芙⑹,於電子阻擔 層土,成光電轉換層。此外,藉由雜,使非晶IT〇形成 5 ’丁'米厚之膜,作為光電轉換層上的上透明電極。另外, 藉由加熱蒸發,於上電極上形成Si⑽作為鐘層,且藉 由ALCVD法,將ALA層進一步形成於&amp;〇膜上。在真 201143183 電轉換層:真於4Xl0·4帕之條件下進行用於形成光 置之前’在⑽伏特/公分(難^至 方公^^ 4;Γγ的電場條件下檢查提供卿皮安/平 刀^暗電一電壓’且在此錢下,量測最大靈敏度 ί自〇?2轉縣置之料量子財、暗電歧響應速度 [自0至98%信號強度之啟動時間)。 《貫例2至8及比較實例1至4》 實例2至8及比較實例!至4之裝置各自以與實例i 《裝置相關方式製造,除了分別以下表4中所示之樣品 替換實例1中使用之樣品al及樣品bl。 σ〇 在表4中,實例1至8及比較實例丨至4中之每一光 電轉換裝置所具有的最大靈敏度波長下之外部量子效率、 暗電流及響應速度(自〇至98%信號強度之啟動時間)分 別顯示為相對值,其中實例丨中光電轉換裝置之這些值二 為外部量子效率之值越大,意謂裝置之特徵&amp;佳。 相反,暗電流及響應速度之值越小,意謂裝置之特徵越佳。 表4 電子阻擋層 中使用之樣 品 光電轉換層 中使用之樣 品 外部量子 效率 (相對值) 暗電流 (相對值) 響應速度 (相對值)After replacing the air in the reaction vessel with nitrogen, the raw material, i.e., 1 gram of material 41 (synthesized according to Journal of Materials Chemistry, Vol. 15, pp. 4753-4760 (2005)) and 1.5 g of raw material 42 ( Synthesized according to Organic Letters, Vol. 9, pp. 797-800 (2007), 100 mg acetate, 300 mg triphenylphosphine, 2.5 g carbonate planer and 50 ml dehydrated benzene (via Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. was placed in a reaction vessel, and the reaction vessel 88 201143183 ί was heated under a nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. After the end of the reaction, the unit was taken to room temperature, and 5 ml of methanol was added thereto. Therefore, the body was then washed with 5 g of methanol. The solution was refined in the solution tr = carcass re-dissolved 10 ml of two gas In the courtyard, and after the addition of acetonitrile to the remainder, the crystal is separated, 2 is dried under nitrogen, and heated by the artificial (eight 〇·=) heating (under the boot). Therefore, the exemplified compound 4 in the form of a ship-f crystal material is obtained. This crystal material is subjected to the same sublimation refining of the sample, and the sample is obtained therefrom. In the sample Μ and the sample b3, respectively, by means of Ηρ] 侦测The impurity described above is the dopant compound #丨 and the self-chemical impurity 4, and the amount thereof is 3,900 ppm or less than 3,9 〇〇ppm. Its towel, the exemplified compound, the content of the compound 4 is in the range of 99.9% to 99.2%. Further, when the content as the catalytic metal was measured by the ICP method, it was found that the impurity content was 960 ppm or less than 960 ppm. When the water content in these samples is determined by the Karl Fischer technique and the volume content is determined by the weight loss due to drying (by the weight reduction under vacuum at 1 〇〇t minus the individual weight minus its individual When the water contains a value of ', it is G.1% or less than 〇.1%. Similar results were obtained even if the solution was refined twice or more times and the money was made twice or more. <Sample b2 and sample b4> Sample b2 and sample b4 were obtained by omitting the liter purification process in the example of sample bl and sample b3 synthesis, respectively. The content of the toothing impurity 89 201143183 2 in the sample b2 and the content of the halide impurity 4 in the sample b4 are in the range of 4,100 ppm to 8,700 ppm. The contents of the compounds 2 and 4 are exemplified in the samples of 98.8% to 96.7%, respectively. Within the range, the palladium content as a metal impurity content is in the range of 1,200 ppm to 3,600 ppm. Both the water content and the solvent content are 0.1% or less. &lt;Comparative Sample Μ and Comparative Sample b3&gt; The comparative sample bl and the comparative sample b3 were obtained by further eliminating the solution refining process in the examples of the synthesis of the sample b2 and the sample b4, respectively. Comparing the content of the halide impurity 2 in the sample bl and the content of the halide impurity 4 in the comparative sample b3 are each 9,000 ppm or more than 9, 〇〇〇ppm, and the contents of the exemplified compounds 2 and 4 in each of the samples are respectively 95.0% or Less than 95_0% and a palladium content of 4, 〇〇〇ppm or more than 4 〇〇〇ppm. <<Example 1>> According to the embodiment of the invention shown in Fig. 2, an image forming apparatus was manufactured as follows. After forming a 30 nm thick amorphous film on a CMOS substrate by sputtering, the film is subjected to light on each photodiode (PD) that causes a pixel to exist on the eM〇s substrate. The lithography is patterned to become a pixel. The sample bl was evaporated by vacuum heating to form an electron blocking layer of 1 Å on the pixel electrode. The co-evaporation samples a and Fu (6) were vacuum-heated by a single layer thickness, 100 nm and 300 nm, respectively, to form a photoelectric conversion layer in the electron-resistant layer. Further, the amorphous IT crucible was formed into a film of 5 '-th' m thick by the impurity to serve as an upper transparent electrode on the photoelectric conversion layer. Further, Si (10) was formed as a clock layer on the upper electrode by heating and evaporation, and the ALA layer was further formed on the &amp; ruthenium film by the ALCVD method. In the true 201143183 electrical conversion layer: true under 4Xl0·4 Pa conditions for the formation of the light before the 'in the (10) volt / cm (difficult ^ to Fang Gong ^ ^ 4; Γ γ electric field conditions to check the provision of Qing Pi An / Flat knife ^ dark electricity a voltage 'and under this money, measure the maximum sensitivity ί 自〇? 2 turn the county's material quantum wealth, dark electric differential response speed [from 0 to 98% signal strength start time). "Case Examples 2 to 8 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4" Examples 2 to 8 and comparative examples! The devices up to 4 were each fabricated in the manner of Example i, except that the samples a1 and bl used in Example 1 were replaced with the samples shown in Table 4 below, respectively. Σ〇 In Table 4, external quantum efficiency, dark current, and response speed at maximum sensitivity wavelengths of each of the photoelectric conversion devices of Examples 1 to 8 and Comparative Examples 丨 to 4 (from 〇 to 98% signal intensity) The start-up time is respectively shown as a relative value, wherein the values of the two values of the external quantum efficiency of the photoelectric conversion device in the example 越大 are larger, which means that the characteristics of the device are better. Conversely, the smaller the value of dark current and response speed, the better the characteristics of the device. Table 4 Samples used in the electron blocking layer Samples used in the photoelectric conversion layer External quantum efficiency (relative value) Dark current (relative value) Response speed (relative value)

201143183 實例6 b2 a2 0.9 2.0 2.7 實例7 b3 al 1.0 0.5 0.5 實例8 b4 al 1.0 0.5 1.0 比較實例1 bl 比較樣品al 0.7 1.2 30 比較實例2 bl 比較樣品a3 0.7 1.5 50 比較實例3 比較樣品bl al 0.8 70 90 比較實例4 比較樣品b3 al 0.7 100 130 此處,例示化合物1-4在樣品中分別具有之含量等概 述於以下表5中。 表5 樣品 氧化化合物雜質或鹵化 物雜質 例示化合物 把含量 樣品al 1 870 ppm或低於 870 ppm 1 99.5-99.9% 樣品a2 1 1,100-2,800 ppm 1 99.1-97.3% 比較樣品al 1 3.200 ppm或超過 3.200 ppm 1 96.3%或低於 96.3% 樣品bl 2 3.900 ppm或低於 3.900 ppm 2 99.2%或超過 99.2% 960 ppm或低 於 960 ppm 樣品b2 2 4,100-8,700 ppm 2 98.8-96.7% 1,200-3,600 ppm 比較樣品bl 2 9.000 ppm或超過 9.000 ppm 2 95.0%或低於 95.0% 4,000 ppm 或超 過 4,000 ppm 樣品a3 3 8.70 ppm或低於 8.70 ppm 3 99.5-99.9% 樣品a4 3 1,100-2,800 ppm 3 99.1-97.3% - 比較樣品a3 3 3.200 ppm或超過 3.200 ppm 3 96.3%或低於 96.3% 樣品b3 4 3.900 ppm或低於 3.900 ppm 4 99.2%或超過 99.2% 960 ppm或低 於 960 ppm 樣品b4 4 4,100-8,700 ppm 4 98.8-96.7% 1,200-3,600 ppm 92 201143183. 比較樣品b3 4 9,000 ppm或超過 4 95.0%或低於_ 4,000 ppm 或超 9,000 ppm 95.0% 過 4,000 ppm 自表4可見,實例1至8中使用樣品al至a4之一及 樣品bl至b4之一的不同組合製造的每一裝置均實現高外 部量子效率、弱暗電流及快響應速度,但比較實例1中使 用比較樣品al製造的裝置及比較實例2中使用比較樣品 a3製造的裝置在外部量子效率及響應速度方面非常差,且 比較實例3中使用比較樣品bl製造的裝置及比較實例4 中使用比較樣品b3製造的裝置在暗電流及響應速度方面 非常差。 因此,這些測試揭露,只要成像裝置合併有含量為至 少96.5%之例示化合物1-4且並不一定需要有機材料具有 99.99%或超過99.99%之超高純度,即可獲得產生高外部量 子效率、弱暗電流及快響應速度之成像裝置。這些作用之 因素為氧化化合物雜質含量、函化物雜質含量及金屬雜質 含量的減少。 根據本發明,只要用於形成有機光電轉換層之材料的 純度為至少96.5%,即可製造各自具有高外部量子效率、 弱暗電流及快響應速度之光電轉換裝置及成像裝置,且這 些裝置可避免使用昂責的高純度材料,從而減少製造成本。 產業可利用性 根據本發明實施例之光電轉換裝置及成像裝置可應 用於諸如數位相機、視訊相機、傳真機、掃描機及影印機 之成像裝置。本發明之裝置亦可用作包括生物感測器及化 93 201143183 學感測器之光感測器。 然已參考特定實施例詳細描述本發明 ^者顯而易知可作出多種變更及修改, 夕3不偏離本發明之精神及範疇即可。 ,但熟習此項 嘴宏本申睛案是基於2010年3月8日申請之日本專利申 睛案(日本專利申請案第2010-051075號),且其内容以引 用的方式併入本文中。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為以圖解形式繪示有關本發明之第一實施例的光 電轉換装置之剖面圖。 圖2為以圖解形式繪示有關本發明之第二實施例的成 像裝置之剖面圖。 圖3為以圖解形式繪示圖2中所示之中間層的剖面 圖。 圖4為以圖解形式繪示有關本發明之第三實施例的成 像裝置之剖面圖。 圖5為以圖解形式繪示有關本發明之第四實施例的成 像褒置之剖面圖。 圖6為以圖解形式繪示有關本發明之第五實施例的成 像裝置之剖面圖。 圖7為繪示有關本發明之第六實施例的成像裝置之部 分表面的示意圖。 _圖8為繪示在圖7中以X-X線切開所呈現的垂直剖面 之示意圖。 94 201143183. 圖9為展示圖8中繪示之信號讀出區之一的具體組態 之一實例的圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 卜17、4卜413、601 :矽基板 2、 4、18、20 ' 42、44、46、42卜 423 : p 區域 3、 5、19、2卜 22、422、424 ' 603r : η 區域 6、 23、43、45、47 : ρ+區域 7、 8、15、24、25、26、33、48、49、50、51、59、 63、67、4U、412 :絕緣膜 9、 27、52、53、54 :連接區 10、 35、55、418 :配線 η、30、56、60、64、101、414 :第一電極膜 12、 3卜57、6卜65 :中間層 13、 32、58、62、66、104、405 :第二電極膜 14、 34、68、417 :遮光膜 28、29 :彩色濾光片 100 :光電轉換裝置 102 :光電轉換層 103 :電荷阻擋層 103a :第一電荷阻擋層 103b :第二電荷阻擋層 122 :底塗層兼電子阻檔層 123 :光電轉換層 124 :電洞阻擋層兼緩衝層 95 201143183. 125 :電洞阻擋兼緩衝層 200、300、400、500、600 :成像裝置 401 :抗反射膜 402 :紅外線保護多層介電膜 403、404 :保護膜 415 :插塞 416 :墊 419 :金屬配線 420 :接合墊 425 :電洞積聚區域 426、426’、426” :電晶體 427 :信號讀出墊 541、 548 :列選擇電晶體 542、 547 :輸出電晶體 543、 546 :重置電晶體 545、549 :信號輸出線 602 : p井層 604b、604g、604r : n+區域 605 :絕緣層 605b、605g、605r :信號讀出區 606b、606g、606r :接觸區 611b、611g、611r :透明電極 612 :光電轉換膜 613 :上電極 96 201143183 613b 615、 Vcc : Vn : 、613g、613r :彩色濾光片 616 :保護層 電源 電源 97201143183 Example 6 b2 a2 0.9 2.0 2.7 Example 7 b3 al 1.0 0.5 0.5 Example 8 b4 al 1.0 0.5 1.0 Comparative Example 1 bl Comparative sample a 0.7 1.2 30 Comparative Example 2 bl Comparative sample a3 0.7 1.5 50 Comparative Example 3 Comparative sample bl al 0.8 70 90 Comparative Example 4 Comparative sample b3 al 0.7 100 130 Here, the contents of the exemplified compounds 1-4 in the samples, respectively, are summarized in Table 5 below. Table 5 Sample Oxidation Compound Impurity or Halide Impurity Exemplary Compound Content Sample a 1 870 ppm or less 870 ppm 1 99.5-99.9% Sample a2 1 1,100-2,800 ppm 1 99.1-97.3% Comparative sample al 1 3.200 ppm or more than 3.200 Ppm 1 96.3% or less 96.3% Sample bl 2 3.900 ppm or less 3.900 ppm 2 99.2% or more than 99.2% 960 ppm or less than 960 ppm Sample b2 2 4,100-8,700 ppm 2 98.8-96.7% 1,200-3,600 ppm Comparison Sample bl 2 9.000 ppm or more than 9.000 ppm 2 95.0% or less than 95.0% 4,000 ppm or more than 4,000 ppm Sample a3 3 8.70 ppm or less than 8.70 ppm 3 99.5-99.9% Sample a4 3 1,100-2,800 ppm 3 99.1-97.3% - Compare sample a3 3 3.200 ppm or more than 3.200 ppm 3 96.3% or less than 96.3% Sample b3 4 3.900 ppm or less 3.900 ppm 4 99.2% or more than 99.2% 960 ppm or less than 960 ppm Sample b4 4 4,100-8,700 ppm 4 98.8-96.7% 1,200-3,600 ppm 92 201143183. Compare sample b3 4 9,000 ppm or more than 4 95.0% or less than _ 4,000 ppm or over 9,000 ppm 95.0% over 4,000 ppm As shown in Table 4, samples used in Examples 1 to 8 Al to one of a4 and samples bl to b4 Each device fabricated in different combinations achieved high external quantum efficiency, weak dark current, and fast response speed, but the device fabricated using the comparative sample a1 in Comparative Example 1 and the device fabricated in Comparative Example 2 using Comparative Sample a3 were externally quantum. The efficiency and response speed were very poor, and the apparatus manufactured using the comparative sample bl in Comparative Example 3 and the apparatus manufactured using the comparative sample b3 in Comparative Example 4 were very inferior in dark current and response speed. Therefore, these tests reveal that high external quantum efficiency can be obtained as long as the image forming apparatus incorporates the exemplified compound 1-4 in an amount of at least 96.5% and does not necessarily require an ultrahigh purity of 99.99% or more than 99.99% of the organic material. An imaging device with weak dark current and fast response speed. The factors of these effects are the reduction of the oxidized compound impurity content, the functional impurity content, and the metal impurity content. According to the present invention, as long as the purity of the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is at least 96.5%, photoelectric conversion devices and imaging devices each having high external quantum efficiency, weak dark current, and fast response speed can be manufactured, and these devices can be Avoid the use of high-purity materials that are expensive, thus reducing manufacturing costs. Industrial Applicability The photoelectric conversion device and the image forming apparatus according to the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to an image forming apparatus such as a digital camera, a video camera, a facsimile machine, a scanner, and a photocopier. The device of the present invention can also be used as a light sensor including a biosensor and a sensor. While the invention has been described in detail with reference to the specific embodiments of the present invention, it is understood that various changes and modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. However, it is a Japanese patent application filed on March 8, 2010 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-051075), the content of which is incorporated herein by reference. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a photoelectric conversion device according to a first embodiment of the present invention in a schematic form. Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the image forming apparatus of the second embodiment of the present invention in a schematic form. Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view showing the intermediate layer shown in Figure 2 in a schematic form. Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the image forming apparatus of the third embodiment of the present invention in a schematic form. Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing the image forming apparatus of the fourth embodiment of the present invention in a schematic form. Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view showing the image forming apparatus of the fifth embodiment of the present invention in a schematic form. Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a part of a surface of an image forming apparatus relating to a sixth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 8 is a schematic view showing a vertical cross section taken along the line X-X in Fig. 7. 94 201143183. Fig. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of one of the signal readout areas shown in Fig. 8. [Description of main component symbols] Bu 17, 4, 413, 601: 矽 substrate 2, 4, 18, 20 '42, 44, 46, 42 423: p area 3, 5, 19, 2, 22, 422, 424 ' 603r : η region 6, 23, 43, 45, 47: ρ+ regions 7, 8, 15, 24, 25, 26, 33, 48, 49, 50, 51, 59, 63, 67, 4U, 412: Insulating film 9, 27, 52, 53, 54: connection regions 10, 35, 55, 418: wirings η, 30, 56, 60, 64, 101, 414: first electrode film 12, 3, 57, 6 Intermediate layer 13, 32, 58, 62, 66, 104, 405: second electrode film 14, 34, 68, 417: light shielding film 28, 29: color filter 100: photoelectric conversion device 102: photoelectric conversion layer 103 : a charge blocking layer 103a : a first charge blocking layer 103b : a second charge blocking layer 122 : an undercoat layer and an electronic barrier layer 123 : a photoelectric conversion layer 124 : a hole blocking layer and a buffer layer 95 201143183. 125 : hole blocking Buffer layer 200, 300, 400, 500, 600: imaging device 401: anti-reflection film 402: infrared protection multilayer dielectric film 403, 404: protective film 415: plug 416: pad 419: metal wiring 420: bonding pad 425 : Hole accumulation area 426, 426', 426": transistor 427: signal readout pads 541, 548: column selection transistors 542, 547: output transistors 543, 546: reset transistors 545, 549: signal output line 602: p-well Layers 604b, 604g, 604r: n+ region 605: insulating layers 605b, 605g, 605r: signal readout regions 606b, 606g, 606r: contact regions 611b, 611g, 611r: transparent electrode 612: photoelectric conversion film 613: upper electrode 96 201143183 613b 615, Vcc : Vn : , 613g, 613r : color filter 616 : protective layer power supply 97

Claims (1)

201143183 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種光電轉換裝置,包含位在第一電極與 之間的有機光電轉換層, 、弟-電極 其中用於形成所述有機光電轉換層之材料以液相層 析法所測定具有96.5%或超過96.5%之純度^ θ 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 用於形成所述有機光電轉換層之所述材料具有9娜解 或低於9,000ppm之氧化化合物雜質含量。 3. 如申凊專利範圍第1項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 用於形成所财機光㈣換層之所紐料為已藉由溶液精 製而純化之材料。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 用於形成所述有機光電轉換層之所述材料為已藉由昇華精 製而純化之材料。 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 在所述第一電極與所述第二電極中之任一者與所述有機光 電轉換層之間提供電荷阻擋層。 6. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 所述電荷阻擋層為電子阻擔層。 7. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 用於所述電子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料以液相層析法所測 定具有96.7%或超過96.7%之純度及9,000 ppm或低於 9,000ppm之鹵化物雜質含量。 8·如申請專利範圍第6項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 98 201143183 用於所述電子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料以液相層析法所測 定具有96.7%或超過96.7%之純度及4,000 ppm或低於 4,000ppm之重金屬雜質含量。 9.如申請專利範圍第6項所述之光電轉換裝置,其中 用於所述電子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料為已藉由溶液精製 而純化之材料。 10. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之光電轉換裝置,其 中用於所述電子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料為已藉由昇華精 製而純化之材料。 11. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之光電轉換裝置,其 中用於所述電子阻擋層中之電子阻擋材料為三芳基胺化合 物。 12.如申請專利範圍第丨項所述之光電轉換裝置其 中用於形成所述有機光電轉換層之所述材料包含在自4〇〇 奈米延伸至_奈米之可見光波長區域内具有最大吸收波 長的著色劑》 13.如申請專利範圍第丨項至第12項中任一項所述之 ^轉換裝置’其中將1G.4伏特/公分至1x1q7伏特/公分之 電场置於所述第—電極與所述第二電極之間。 士私^士!I中請專利範圍第1項所述之光電轉換裝置,盆 中所述有機光電轉換層包含笑__)。 ,、 15. —種成像裝置,包含·· 範圍第1項所述之光電轉換装置;以及 面上其中所述光電轉換裝置堆疊於所述半導體基板之表 99201143183 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A photoelectric conversion device comprising an organic photoelectric conversion layer located between a first electrode and a cathode, wherein a material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is used for liquid chromatography The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer has a ninth solution or a low value, as determined by the method, having a purity of 96.5% or more. The oxidized compound impurity content at 9,000 ppm. 3. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1, wherein the material used for forming the layer of the light (4) is a material which has been purified by solution refining. 4. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 1, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer is a material which has been purified by sublimation purification. 5. The photoelectric conversion device of claim 1, wherein a charge blocking layer is provided between the first electrode and the second electrode and the organic photoelectric conversion layer. 6. The photoelectric conversion device of claim 5, wherein the charge blocking layer is an electron blocking layer. 7. The photoelectric conversion device of claim 6, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer has a purity of 96.7% or more and a purity of 9,000 ppm or determined by liquid chromatography. Halogen impurity content below 9,000 ppm. 8. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 6, wherein the electronic barrier material used in the electron blocking layer of 98 201143183 has a purity of 96.7% or more and a purity of 4,000 as determined by liquid chromatography. Heavy metal impurity content of ppm or less than 4,000 ppm. 9. The photoelectric conversion device of claim 6, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is a material that has been purified by solution refining. 10. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 6, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is a material which has been purified by sublimation purification. 11. The photoelectric conversion device of claim 6, wherein the electron blocking material used in the electron blocking layer is a triarylamine compound. 12. The photoelectric conversion device according to claim 2, wherein the material for forming the organic photoelectric conversion layer comprises a maximum absorption in a visible light wavelength region extending from 4 nm to _ nanometer. A color conversion agent according to any one of claims 12 to 12, wherein an electric field of 1 G. 4 volts/cm to 1 x 1 q7 volts/cm is placed in the first - between the electrode and the second electrode. In the photoelectric conversion device described in claim 1, the organic photoelectric conversion layer in the basin contains a smile __). And an image forming apparatus comprising: the photoelectric conversion device according to the item 1; and a surface on which the photoelectric conversion device is stacked on the semiconductor substrate
TW100107351A 2010-03-08 2011-03-04 Photoelectric conversion device and imaging device TW201143183A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010051075A JP2011187663A (en) 2010-03-08 2010-03-08 Photoelectric conversion element and image pickup element

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201143183A true TW201143183A (en) 2011-12-01

Family

ID=44563393

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100107351A TW201143183A (en) 2010-03-08 2011-03-04 Photoelectric conversion device and imaging device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2011187663A (en)
KR (1) KR20130018684A (en)
TW (1) TW201143183A (en)
WO (1) WO2011111589A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104247021B (en) * 2012-05-01 2017-07-14 索尼半导体解决方案公司 Device for solid photography and its manufacture method and electronic equipment
JP5981399B2 (en) * 2012-10-04 2016-08-31 富士フイルム株式会社 ORGANIC MATERIAL FOR FILM FORMATION, ORGANIC PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE, IMAGING ELEMENT, LIGHT RECEIVING LAYER FORMING METHOD, AND ORGANIC PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION METHOD
TWI620445B (en) * 2013-03-25 2018-04-01 Sony Corp Camera element and electronic equipment
US10707423B2 (en) * 2014-02-21 2020-07-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
KR101991695B1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2019-06-21 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Barrier films and quantum dot polymer composite articles including the same
KR20210137811A (en) 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 삼성전자주식회사 Sensor and electronic device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5216279B2 (en) * 2007-08-23 2013-06-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic semiconductor material, film containing the material, organic electronic device, and infrared dye composition
JP5205085B2 (en) * 2008-03-12 2013-06-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic photoelectric conversion material and organic thin film photoelectric conversion element
JP5325473B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2013-10-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Photoelectric conversion device and solid-state imaging device
JP5352133B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2013-11-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Photoelectric conversion material, photoelectric conversion element, and solid-state imaging element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011187663A (en) 2011-09-22
WO2011111589A1 (en) 2011-09-15
KR20130018684A (en) 2013-02-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI501390B (en) Photoelectric conversion element and image pickup element
JP5376963B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion element and imaging element
KR101642546B1 (en) Photoelectric conversion element and imaging device and driving methods therefor
KR101718165B1 (en) Photoelectric conversion device, production method thereof, photosensor, imaging device and their drive methods
JP5346546B2 (en) Organic semiconductor, photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, and novel compound
JP5938028B2 (en) PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION ELEMENT AND METHOD OF USING THE SAME, OPTICAL SENSOR
JP2010103457A (en) Photoelectric conversion element and imaging element
TW201143182A (en) Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device and production methods thereof
JP5925234B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion material, photoelectric conversion element and method of using the same, optical sensor, imaging element
JP6010567B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion material, photoelectric conversion element, optical sensor, and imaging element
JP2009088291A (en) Photoelectric conversion element and imaging device
TW201143183A (en) Photoelectric conversion device and imaging device
JP6047108B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion device, imaging device, optical sensor
KR20150064180A (en) Organic material for film formation and organic photoelectric conversion element obtained using same, image-capturing element, film formation method, and method for manufacturing organic photoelectric conversion element
TW201501380A (en) Photoelectric conversion element, image capture element, optical sensor, method of using photoelectric conversion element
JP4857390B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion element and imaging element
JP6077426B2 (en) PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION ELEMENT AND METHOD OF USING THE SAME, OPTICAL SENSOR
JP2014082483A (en) Photoelectric conversion element, method for using same, optical sensor, and imaging element
TWI632203B (en) Photoelectric conversion element, optical sensor and image capture element
JP6059616B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion material, photoelectric conversion element and method of using the same, optical sensor, imaging element
KR20220091870A (en) Compound and photoelectric device, image sensor and electronic device including the same
JP2013012535A (en) Photoelectric conversion element and usage thereof, image pickup device, optical sensor, and photoelectric conversion film
JP6114606B2 (en) Photoelectric conversion material, photoelectric conversion element and method of using the same, optical sensor, imaging element
CN114716457A (en) Composition for photoelectric device, and photoelectric device, image sensor and electronic device including the same